Update Asturian translation

53 files changed, 8975 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..44c9a835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4505 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# enolp <enolp@softastur.org>, 2015,2020
+# Ḷḷumex03, 2014
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-08 15:58+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-04-02 02:10+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: enolp <enolp@softastur.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Asturian (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/ast/)\n"
+"Language: ast\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:31
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align="
+"\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align="
+"\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Before installing Mageia, please read the license terms and conditions "
+"carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire Mageia distribution and must "
+"be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"To proceed, simply select <emphasis>Accept</emphasis> and then click on "
+"<emphasis>Next</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for your "
+"interest in Mageia. Clicking <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> will reboot your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:76
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Important information about this particular Mageia release can be viewed by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis>Release Notes</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:3
+msgid "Supplemental Installation Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typgraphy.
+#. 2018/02/16 apb: Update dx2-add_supplemental_media.png to Mga6
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media."
+"png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media."
+"png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision="
+"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"This screen shows you the list of already recognised repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical-disc or a remote source.  "
+"The source selection determines which packages will be available during the "
+"subsequent steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:28
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:32
+msgid "Choosing and activating the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Tainted</"
+"emphasis> repositories and the <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, "
+"you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64-bit installation which may contain some 32-bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"selecting one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only "
+"contains 64-bit and <emphasis>noarch</emphasis> packages, it will not be "
+"able to update the 32-bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror, "
+"the installer will find the needed 32-bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:9
+msgid "User Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and Typography.
+#. 2018/02/19 apb: Update dx2-setRootPassword.png to Mga6.
+#. 2018/02/21 apb: Changed title from 'User and Superuser Management' to 'User Management'. Docteam approved (plus, the SC title is User Management).
+#.   Also changed 'Advanced User Management' to 'User Management (advanced)'.
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style.
+#. 2019/08/10 apb: Added missing 'condition' profile for live-user1.png.
+#. 2019/08/11 apb: [1] Reword 1.1 (including Note) [2] Reword 1.2 Password text.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata fileref=\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a <literal>superuser</"
+"literal> (Administrator) password, usually called the <emphasis>root </"
+"emphasis>password in Linux. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"underneath, to check that the first entry was not mistyped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"As you type a password into the top box a shield will change from red-to-"
+"yellow-to-green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield "
+"shows you are using a strong password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case-sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:63
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Add a User here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the "
+"<literal>superuser</literal> (root), but enough to use the Internet, office "
+"applications or play games and anything else the average user might use a "
+"computer for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:75
+msgid "Click on this button if you want to change the user's icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Real Name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:82
+msgid "Insert the user's real name into this text box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Enter the user login name or let DrakX use a version of the user's real "
+"name. <emphasis role=\"bold\">The login name is case-sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><caution><simpara>
+#: en/addUser.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"The login entered here should be different to any login currently in use for "
+"your <filename>/home</filename> directory. Some user parameters will be "
+"written in the user space, and some can overwrite actual data such as "
+"Firefox, Thunderbird or Kmail data..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102 en/setupBootloader.xml:182
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:104
+msgid "Type in the user password (remembering the advice in the Note above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again):</emphasis> Retype the user "
+"password. DrakX will check that you have not mistyped the password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Any users added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that is "
+"both read and write protected (umask=0027)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"You can add any extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
+"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:121
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:128
+msgid "User Management (advanced)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option allows you to edit further settings "
+"for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Shell</emphasis>: This drop-down list allows you to change the "
+"shell available to any user you added in the previous screen. Options are "
+"<literal>Bash</literal>, <literal>Dash</literal> and <literal>Sh</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>User ID</emphasis>: Here you can set the user ID for any user you "
+"added in the previous screen. If you are unsure what the purpose of this is, "
+"then leave it blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Group ID</emphasis>: This lets you set the group ID.  Again, if "
+"unsure, leave it blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:10
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2019/01/04 apb: Typo & minor reword on custom mount-points.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the DrakX suggestions, you can change the mount points "
+"yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"To the left of the drop-down menus is a list of available partitions. For "
+"example: <filename>sda</filename> is a hard drive - and <filename>5</"
+"filename> is a <emphasis>partition number</emphasis>, followed by "
+"the<emphasis> (capacity, mount point, filesystem type)</emphasis> of the "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If you have several partitions, you can choose various different "
+"<emphasis>mount points</emphasis> from the drop down menu, such as "
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> and <filename>/var</"
+"filename>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <filename>/"
+"video</filename> for a partition where you want to store your films, or "
+"perhaps <filename>/Data</filename> for all your data files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"For any partitions that you don't need to make use of, you can leave the "
+"mount point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"If you make any changes here, ensure you still have a <filename>/</filename> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> to "
+"go back and then tick <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, where "
+"you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <emphasis>Next</"
+"emphasis>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition "
+"suggested by DrakX, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:5
+msgid "Clock Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can select whether your computer internal clock is set to local "
+"time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In the <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> tab, you can enable automatic time "
+"synchronization and specify an NTP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:10
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:14
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from a Live DVD or USB. Usually, you just need to plug "
+"the USB device in or place the DVD in the drive and restart the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If the computer does not automatically boot from the USB or DVD you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS Boot Disk priority. Alternatively, you might try "
+"accessing the boot device menu to select a device from which the computer "
+"will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"To access the BIOS or boot menu when the computer is starting, you can try "
+"pressing either <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</"
+"keycap> for the BIOS, or <keycap>Esc</keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, "
+"<keycap>F10</keycap> or <keycap>F11</keycap> for the boot device menu. These "
+"(fairly common) keys are just a selection of possible options though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The actual screen that you will first see when booting from the Live media "
+"will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of the Legacy (BIOS) or "
+"UEFI type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:39
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:46
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:50 en/bootLive.xml:104 en/installer.xml:108
+#: en/installer.xml:156
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:52 en/bootLive.xml:106
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Mageia</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB "
+"media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:56
+msgid "Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:60 en/bootLive.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to boot)</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:62
+msgid "Boot the Mageia Live system using non-free video drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:68 en/bootLive.xml:112 en/installer.xml:111
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Mageia</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:69 en/bootLive.xml:113
+msgid "This option will install Mageia to a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:74
+msgid "Install Mageia using non-free video drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:79 en/installer.xml:127
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Memory Test</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:80 en/installer.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write operations. "
+"Reboot to end the test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:84 en/bootLive.xml:116
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 Language</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:85 en/bootLive.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language "
+"during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then "
+"press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:93
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:100
+msgid "First screen while booting in UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB "
+"media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS).  Once the "
+"boot is done, you can proceed to the installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above menu options "
+"duplicated, and in this case, you should choose from the menu pair that will "
+"be suffixed with \"USB\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:23
+msgid "Some choices made here will open other screens with related options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slideshow during the "
+"installation of required packages. The slideshow can be disabled by pressing "
+"the <emphasis>Details</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop "
+"environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Select <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you do not wish to use either (or, "
+"actually use both) of these, or if you want to modify the default software "
+"choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop, for instance, is "
+"lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and having fewer "
+"packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Packages are arranged into common groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Workstation</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical Environment</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Individual Package Selection</emphasis>: you can use "
+"this option to manually add or remove packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"See <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
+"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:3
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customize your installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <emphasis>floppy</"
+"emphasis> icon at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
+"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
+"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
+"and choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#.  2018/02/16 apb: Minor text adjustment.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel for this section. b) Added some bullets to the text.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which services should start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services. The "
+"settings DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor text adjustment.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Choose your timezone by choosing your country, or a city close to you in the "
+"same timezone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time "
+"or to GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 en/configureX_monitor.xml:78
+msgid "Vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid "then the make of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:52
+msgid "and the model of card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than 40 generic and "
+"open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a specific driver "
+"for your card there is the option of using the VESA driver which provides "
+"basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><caution><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the <emphasis>Command Line Interface</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository and in "
+"some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites. The "
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be explicitly enabled to "
+"access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you should do this after "
+"your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:23
+msgid "Graphics Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of Mageia, they are all based on a graphical user "
+"interface system called <literal>X Window System</literal>, or simply "
+"<quote>X</quote>. So in order for KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE or any other "
+"graphical environment to work well, the following <quote>X</quote> settings "
+"need to be correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Choose the appropriate settings manually if you think the details are "
+"incorrect, or if none are shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:46
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphics Card</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you need to, you can select a specific card from this expandable list. "
+"See <xref linkend=\"configureX_card_list\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:54
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"You can choose Plug 'n Play, if applicable, or choose your monitor from the "
+"<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis> or <emphasis>Generic</emphasis> lists. Choose "
+"<emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and "
+"vertical refresh rates of your monitor. See <xref linkend="
+"\"configureX_monitor\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:65
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:68
+msgid "The resolution and color depth of your monitor can be set here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"The test button does not always appear during install. If the option is "
+"there, and you test your settings, you should be asked to confirm that your "
+"settings are correct. If you answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, the settings "
+"will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration "
+"screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test result is "
+"satisfactory. If the test option is not available, then make sure your "
+"settings are on the safe side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:87
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:90
+msgid "Here you can choose to enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"There is a risk of damaging a monitor if you choose refresh rates that are "
+"outside the frequency range of that monitor. This applies to older CRT "
+"displays: modern monitors will reject an unsupported frequency and normally "
+"enter standby mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selecting a monitor with different characteristics "
+"could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something "
+"without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:50
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters: the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:68
+msgid "Plug'n Play"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and automatically tries to determine the monitor "
+"type from the monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can choose it from the options by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:90
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:94
+msgid "Monitor model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:100
+msgid "Generic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Selecting this group will list approximately 30 display configurations such "
+"as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat-panel displays as used in laptops.  "
+"This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the VESA "
+"card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. "
+"Once again, it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:24
+msgid "Custom Disk Partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem or size of a partition and even view their details "
+"before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab at the top for every detected hard disk (or other storage "
+"device, like a USB key), for example: <filename>sda</filename>, "
+"<filename>sdb</filename>, <filename>sdc</filename> etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
+"<emphasis>Expert mode</emphasis> provides more options such as to label "
+"(name) a partition, or to choose a partition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction, then click "
+"<emphasis>Done</emphasis> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Take care with the <emphasis>Clear all</emphasis> option, use it only if you "
+"are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <filename>/</filename> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. "
+"The encryption option for the <filename>/boot</filename> partition must NOT "
+"be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI System "
+"Partition) is present and correctly mounted on <filename>/boot/EFI</"
+"filename>. See Figure 1 below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type. See Figure 2 below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:103
+msgid "EFI System Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:105 en/diskdrake.xml:119
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:117
+msgid "BIOS boot partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:120 en/doPartitionDisks.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/diskPartitioning.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><title>
+#: en/diskPartitioning.xml:4
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:31
+msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) along with the "
+"DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The actual options available from those shown below will vary according to "
+"the layout and content of your particular hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:53
+msgid "Main Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Existing Partitions</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia "
+"installation but see the warning below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the proposed Mageia partition in dark blue with their "
+"intended sizes just underneath. You have the option to modify these sizes by "
+"clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions.  See the following "
+"screenshot:<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"This involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition, and therefore is "
+"a risky operation, so you should make sure you have backed up all important "
+"files before proceeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase and use Entire Disk</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115
+msgid "This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! If you "
+"intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data "
+"on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:127
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom Disk Partitioning</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"If you are not using the <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis> "
+"option, then the installer will allocate the available space according to "
+"the following rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"If the total available space is less than 50 GB, then only one partition is "
+"created. This will be the <filename>/</filename> (root)  partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"If the total available space is greater than 50 GB, then three partitions "
+"are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <filename>/</filename> "
+"with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:158
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to <filename>swap</filename> with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:163
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <filename>/home</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"This means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will "
+"create three partitions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:175
+msgid "50 GB for <filename>/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:179
+msgid "4 GB for <filename>swap</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:183
+msgid "and the remainder for <filename>/home</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet - and mounted "
+"on <filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. The <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</"
+"emphasis> option is the only one that allows to check it has been correctly "
+"done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Legacy (also known as BIOS) system with a GPT partitioned "
+"disk, you need to create a BIOS boot partition if it doesn't already exist. "
+"It should be about 1 MiB with no mount point. It can be created with the "
+"Installer, under <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, like any "
+"other partition. Be sure to select <quote>BIOS boot partition</quote> for "
+"filesystem type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:201
+msgid "See <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> for information on how to proceed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512. Due to lack of available hardware, the "
+"partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a "
+"drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"Some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you have such a "
+"device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using an "
+"alternative partitioning tool like gparted, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:238
+msgid "<emphasis>Align to</emphasis> = MiB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:242
+msgid "<emphasis>Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created using an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:54 en/DrakLive.xml:16
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:23
+msgid "March 2016"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:25
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:33 en/DrakX-cover.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:38 en/DrakLive.xml:25 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36
+#: en/DrakX-inline.xml:12 en/DrakX.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:42 en/DrakLive.xml:29 en/DrakX-cover.xml:40
+#: en/DrakX-inline.xml:15 en/DrakX.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX-cover.xml:44 en/DrakX-inline.xml:17
+#: en/DrakX.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:56 en/DrakLive.xml:19 en/DrakX-cover.xml:66
+#: en/DrakX-inline.xml:6 en/DrakX.xml:39 en/selectKeyboard.xml:49
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:57 en/DrakLive.xml:20 en/DrakX-cover.xml:67
+#: en/DrakX-inline.xml:7 en/DrakX.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:60 en/DrakLive.xml:23 en/DrakX-cover.xml:70
+#: en/DrakX-inline.xml:10 en/DrakX.xml:43 en/selectKeyboard.xml:56
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:13 en/DrakX-cover.xml:64 en/DrakX-inline.xml:3
+#: en/DrakX.xml:36
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "Norabona"
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: Added clickable link to mageia.org
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to "
+"remove the installation medium and reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"After rebooting, you can use the bootloader screen to choose which operating "
+"system to start (if there are more than one on your computer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:30
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Visit <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/\">www.mageia.org/en/</link> "
+"if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/firewall.xml:16
+msgid "Firewall"
+msgstr "Tornafuéu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"This section allows you to configure some simple firewall rules: they "
+"determine which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the "
+"target system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the "
+"system to be accessible from the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/firewall.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-firewall.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-firewall.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"In the default setting (no button is checked), no service of the system is "
+"accessible from the network. The <emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis> option enables access to all services of the machine - an option "
+"that does not make much sense in the context of the installer since it would "
+"create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in the context of "
+"the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout)  for temporarily "
+"disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and debugging "
+"purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"All other options are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you will "
+"enable the CUPS server if you want printers on your machine to be accessible "
+"from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:44
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where you can enable "
+"a series of services by typing a list of <quote>couples</quote> (blank "
+"separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:50
+msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number&gt;/&lt;protocol&gt;</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number&gt;</emphasis> is the value of the port assigned "
+"to the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as "
+"defined in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
+#: en/firewall.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol&gt;</emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> "
+"or <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the "
+"service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
+"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/firewall.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
+"couples for the same port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:10
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typography.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Usually, at least the partitions that DrakX selected need to be formatted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to choose the partitions you want to "
+"check for so-called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<emphasis>Previous</emphasis>, again on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> and "
+"then on <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> to get back to the main screen, where "
+"you can choose to view details of your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selections, click on <emphasis>Next</"
+"emphasis> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/graphicalConfiguration.xml:13
+msgid "Graphical Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:34
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps - the status of which "
+"is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens, which may also have <emphasis>Advanced</"
+"emphasis> sections with extra, less commonly required options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <emphasis>Help</emphasis> buttons for further details "
+"about the particular step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If at some point during the install you decide to abort the installation, it "
+"is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"If, in spite of this, you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a "
+"text terminal by pressing the keys <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> together. After that, "
+"press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</"
+"keycap> </keycombo> together to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:88
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"The particular screen that you will first see when booting from the "
+"Installation media will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of "
+"the Legacy (BIOS) or UEFI type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"The welcome menu screen has various options, however the default option will "
+"start the installer, and is normally all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+msgid "Legacy (BIOS) Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia to a hard disk. This is the default option, and will "
+"automatically start after a short while unless another option is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:119
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue System</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to either re-install the bootloader for an existing "
+"Mageia installation or you can use it to restore a Windows bootloader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:134
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:136
+msgid "Press F2 for alternative languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:142
+msgid "UEFI Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"From this screen, you can access options by pressing <keycap>e</keycap> to "
+"enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, press <keycap>Esc</keycap> "
+"to quit without saving or press <keycap>F10</keycap> to save and quit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:159
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install:</emphasis> Start the Install process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue:</emphasis> This option allows you to either "
+"re-install the bootloader for an existing Mageia installation or you can use "
+"it to restore a Windows bootloader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language:</emphasis> Press <keycap>F2</keycap> "
+"for alternative languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:176
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above options duplicated, "
+"and in this case, you should use the set that will be suffixed with \"USB\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:186
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not progress to the <emphasis>Language "
+"Selection</emphasis> screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and "
+"older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <command>vgalo</command> "
+"at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text-mode installation. To use this press "
+"<keycap>Esc</keycap> at the <emphasis>Welcome</emphasis> screen and confirm "
+"with <keycap>ENTER</keycap>. You will be presented with a black screen with "
+"a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Type <command>text</command> and press "
+"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> to continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:210
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic hardware "
+"detection may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<command>noauto</command> at the prompt. This option may also be combined "
+"with other parameters as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:220
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"This will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<literal>mem=<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>M</literal> parameter, where "
+"<replaceable>xxx</replaceable> is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. "
+"<literal>mem=256M</literal> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:230
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from <literal>Basic</literal> format to "
+"<literal>Dynamic</literal> format in Microsoft Windows, then it is not "
+"possible to install Mageia on this disc. To revert to a <literal>Basic</"
+"literal> disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn."
+"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:16
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of Mageia was released, some packages will have been "
+"updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Select <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> if you wish to download and install them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Select <emphasis>No</emphasis> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:40
+msgid "Press <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><title>
+#: en/locale.xml:9
+msgid "Locale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:4
+msgid "Login Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:11
+msgid "SDDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:14
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the desktop login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop, depending on which live "
+"medium you used. You can now start using and enjoying your Mageia "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can find further documentation in <link xmlns:ns0=\"http://www.w3."
+"org/1999/xlink\" ns0:href=\"../../installer/\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:10
+msgid "Available Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. 2019.01.05 apb: Changed Ati to AMD in Nonfree para.
+#. 2019.01.16 apb: Changed title to Available Media.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and AMD graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD's, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:3
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"Mageia, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use "
+"this option combined with the <emphasis>Individual package selection</"
+"emphasis> option to fine-tune your installation. See <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a <emphasis>Minimal Installation</emphasis> by de-selecting "
+"everything in the <emphasis>Package Group Selection</emphasis> screen, see "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis>Individual package "
+"selection</emphasis> option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen (see "
+"screenshot below) will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as "
+"documentation and <quote>X</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If the <emphasis>With X</emphasis> option is selected, then IceWM (a "
+"lightweight desktop environment) will also be included."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of <quote>man</quote> and "
+"<quote>info</quote> pages. It contains the man pages from the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</"
+"link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/"
+"manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/09 apb: Changed title to Configuration Summary (as agreed). Also, text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles.
+#. 2018/02/23 apb: Updated dx2-summaryBottom.png
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Centre-align dx2-summaryTop.png
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"DrakX presents a proposal for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want by pressing <emphasis>Configure</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, it is recommended that you accept the default settings "
+"unless:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:33
+msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:37
+msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:41
+msgid "some other factor mentioned in the detailed sections below is an issue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:49
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:54
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timezone</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects a timezone for you, depending on your preferred language. You "
+"can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:62
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Country / Region</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If the selected country is wrong, it is very important that you correct the "
+"setting.  See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:70
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:72
+msgid "DrakX proposal for the bootloader setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User management</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each be allocated their own "
+"<filename>/home</filename> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:91
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run in the background "
+"(daemons).  This tool allows you to enable or disable certain processes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly. For more information, see "
+"<xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:106
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:111
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keyboard</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Configure your keyboard layout according to your location, language and type "
+"of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
+"that your passwords are going to change too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:124
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mouse</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:131
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sound card</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:133
+msgid "The installer will use the default driver if one is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:136 en/soundConfig.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other "
+"possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case, "
+"but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you "
+"can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:144
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical interface</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"This section allows you to configure your graphics card(s) and displays. For "
+"more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:169
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the Mageia Control "
+"Center, if you have not yet enabled the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to monitor "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:185
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Proxies</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"Internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to obtain the parameters "
+"you need to enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguranza"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:206
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Level</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"The Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting "
+"(Standard)  is adequate for general use. Select the option which best suits "
+"your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:215
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Firewall</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"The firewall allows you to manage which network connections are allowed on "
+"your computer. The safe and secure default is to allow ZERO inbound "
+"connections. This does not stop you connecting outbound and using your "
+"computer normally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"Please be aware that the Internet is a high risk network where there are "
+"continuous attempts to probe and attack systems. Even seemingly <quote>safe</"
+"quote> connections such as ICMP (for ping) have been used as covert data "
+"channels for exfiltrating data by malicious persons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:229
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Bear in mind that allowing <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (no firewall) may "
+"be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:3
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live DVD/USB stick and restart the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you follow these shut-down and restart instruction steps in the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">same</emphasis> order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:16
+msgid "When you are ready, press <emphasis>Finish</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see "
+"<emphasis>Software Management</emphasis>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:10
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Minor wording.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Please choose the desired security level</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended setting for "
+"the average user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secure</emphasis> will create a highly protected system - for "
+"instance if the system is to be used as a public server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:36
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Administrator</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to configure an email address to which the system will "
+"send <emphasis>security alert messages</emphasis> when it detects situations "
+"which require notification to a system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter &lt;user&gt;@localhost - "
+"where &lt;user&gt; is the login name of the user to receive these messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"The system sends such messages as <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool "
+"messages</emphasis>, not as \"ordinary\" SMTP mail: this user must therefore "
+"be configured for receiving such mail!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"It will always be possible to adjust your security settings post-install in "
+"the <emphasis>Security</emphasis> section of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
+msgid "There are three types of installation media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Classical installer:</emphasis> Booting with this "
+"media provides you with the maximum flexibility when choosing what to "
+"install, and for configuring your system. In particular, you have a choice "
+"of which Desktop environment to install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LIVE media:</emphasis> This option allows you to try "
+"out Mageia without having to actually install it, or make any changes to "
+"your computer. However, the Live media also includes an Installer, which can "
+"be started when booting the media, or after booting into the Live operating "
+"system itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"The Live Installer is simpler compared to the Classical Installer - but you "
+"have fewer configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Live ISOs can only be used to create <quote>clean</quote> installations, "
+"they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Net Install</emphasis>: These are minimal ISO's "
+"containing no more than that which is needed to start the DrakX installer "
+"and find <literal>DrakX-installer-stage2</literal> and other packages that "
+"are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on "
+"the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a "
+"DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:58
+msgid "More details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:61
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:63
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and, by extension, any physical medium (DVD, "
+"USB stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"You can find Mageia ISO's <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
+"downloads/\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:72 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:104
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75
+msgid "These ISOs use the Classical installer called DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"They are used for performing clean installs or to upgrade a previously "
+"installed version of Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174
+msgid "Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Installer <quote>Welcome</quote> screen: "
+"<emphasis>Rescue System, Memory Test, </emphasis>and <emphasis>Hardware "
+"Detection Tool</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non-free software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the Mageia operating system without having to install "
+"it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "The Live media also includes an Installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:121
+msgid "They contain non-free software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126
+msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:129
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160
+msgid "All available languages are present"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
+msgid "64-bit architecture only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:143
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154
+msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:157
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
+msgid "32 or 64-bit architectures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:169
+msgid "Net install media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177
+msgid "First steps are English language only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182
+msgid "netinstall.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those who prefer to not use non-free "
+"software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
+msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for those who need it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:202
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, you are provided with some information, such as "
+"the mirror in use and an option to switch to an alternative if the bandwidth "
+"is too low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"If http is chosen you will also see some information regarding checksums."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<literal>md5sum</literal>, <literal>sha1sum</literal> and "
+"<literal>sha512sum</literal> (the most secure) are tools to check the ISO "
+"integrity. Copy one of the checksums (string of alphanumeric characters) for "
+"use in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222
+msgid "In the meantime, a window to download the actual ISO will open:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Click on <emphasis>Save File</emphasis>, then click <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:233
+msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"The checksums referred to earlier, are digital fingerprints generated by an "
+"algorithm from the file to be downloaded. You may compare the checksum of "
+"your downloaded ISO against that of the original source ISO. If the "
+"checksums do not match, it means that the actual data on the ISO's do not "
+"match, and if that is the case, then you should retry the download or "
+"attempt a repair using BitTorrent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"To generate the checksum for your downloaded ISO, open a console, (no need "
+"to be root), and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"To use the md5sum, type: <command>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"To use the sha1sum, type: <command>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
+"command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254
+msgid ""
+"To use the sha512sum, type: <command>sha512sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
+"command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid "Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Md5sum.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Md5sum.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"then compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the ISO "
+"checksum provided by Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:270
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or <quote>dumped</quote> to a "
+"USB stick. This is not a standard copy operation, as a bootable medium will "
+"actually be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
+msgid ""
+"Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an<emphasis> "
+"image</emphasis> is used. Burn <emphasis>data</emphasis> or <emphasis>files</"
+"emphasis> is NOT correct. See the <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can dump them to a USB stick "
+"and then use that to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Dumping an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on "
+"the device and all existing data will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"Also, the only partition on the flash device will then just be the Mageia "
+"ISO partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"So, if an ISO of about 4GB is written to an 8GB USB stick, the stick will "
+"then only show up as 4GB. This is because the remaining 4GB is no longer "
+"formatted - hence not currently available for use. To recover the original "
+"capacity, you must reformat and repartition the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"<link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using the "
+"\"ISO image\" option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"<link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317
+msgid "Using the Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk overwriting "
+"potentially valuable existing data if you specify the wrong target device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"Become a <emphasis>root</emphasis> (Administrator) user with the command "
+"<command>su -</command> (don't forget the <command>-</command> )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"Plug in your USB stick - but do not mount it (this also means do not open "
+"any application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
+msgid "Enter the command <command>fdisk -l</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Fdisk.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Fdisk.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example "
+"<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in the screenshot above, is an 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command <command>dmesg</"
+"command>. Towards the end of the following example, you can see the device "
+"name starting with <filename>sd</filename>, and in this case, <filename>sdd</"
+"filename> is the actual device. You can also see that its size is 2GB:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: <command>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/"
+"sd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=1M</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"Where <replaceable>X</replaceable>=your device name eg: <filename>/dev/sdd</"
+"filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384
+msgid ""
+"Example:<literal> dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/"
+"sdd bs=1M</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><tip><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:388
+msgid ""
+"It might be helpful to know that <emphasis role=\"bold\">if</emphasis> "
+"stands for <emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">f</emphasis>ile and <emphasis role=\"bold\">of</emphasis> stands for "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</"
+"emphasis>ile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
+msgid "Enter the command: <command>sync</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:395
+msgid "This is the end of the process, and you may now unplug your USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:3
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor wording + typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel to this section. b) make some text bulleted.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
+"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to being unable to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <emphasis>Other Countries</"
+"emphasis> option and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> list, "
+"after clicking <emphasis>OK</emphasis> it may seem that a country from the "
+"main list was chosen. Despite this, DrakX will actually apply your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:42
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"In the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions "
+"and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"post-install via <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configure your Computer</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or by running "
+"<command>localedrake</command> as <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:29
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Use this option to perform a fresh installation of Mageia. This will format "
+"the <literal>root</literal> partition (<filename>/</filename>), but can "
+"preserve a pre-existing <filename>/home</filename> partition (a dedicated /"
+"home partition, rather than being incorporated within the root (/) partition "
+"itself)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:50
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:52
+msgid "Use this option to upgrade an existing installation of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this Installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that has reached "
+"its <quote>End Of Life</quote> then it is better to do a <quote>clean</"
+"quote> install instead, while preserving your <filename>/home</filename> "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the <emphasis>Install or Upgrade</emphasis> screen to the "
+"language choice screen by pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Home</keycap> </keycombo>. Do<emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> NOT</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:14
+msgid "Select Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:24
+msgid "Here you can set the keyboard layout you wish to use with Mageia​​."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"A suggested keyboard layout (highlighted), has been chosen for you based "
+"upon your previously selected language and timezone choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:20
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tecláu"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <emphasis>More</emphasis> "
+"to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <emphasis>More</emphasis> dialogue, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialogue and it will seem as "
+"though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this "
+"and continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will "
+"be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialogue screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the "
+"Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:34
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. Mageia will use this selection during the installation and for "
+"your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language. Mageia will use this selection during the "
+"installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you (or others) will require several languages to be "
+"installed on your system, then you should use the <emphasis>Multiple "
+"languages</emphasis> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add "
+"extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-language.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-language.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one as your "
+"preferred language from the main list of languages. It will also be marked "
+"as chosen in the <emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the required language for your keyboard as well"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
+"<emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen if you know that it is "
+"inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed "
+"languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language for your system post-installation in the "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>System</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>localization for your system</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:10
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Any PS/2 and "
+"USB mice</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Force evdev</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to configure the buttons that do not work on a "
+"mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:7
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"To do this you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the "
+"software <emphasis role=\"bold\">grub-customizer</emphasis> tool instead "
+"(available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32
+msgid "Bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
+msgid "Available Bootloaders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:39
+msgid "Grub2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grub2 on Legacy MBR/GPT systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) will be used exclusively as the "
+"bootloader for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"By default, a new bootloader will be written into either the MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) of your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:59
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:63
+msgid "GRUB2-efi or rEFInd may be used as the bootloader for a UEFI system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"By default, a new bootloader (Grub2-efi) will be written into the ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"If there are already UEFI-based operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer will detect the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and add grub2-efi to it.  If no ESP exists, then one will "
+"be created. Although it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is "
+"required, whatever the number of operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:82
+msgid "rEFInd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:85
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">rEFInd on UEFI systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"rEFInd has a nice graphical set of options, and can auto-detect installed "
+"EFI bootloaders. See: http://www.rodsbooks.com/refind/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Please note that in order to be able to use the <literal>rEFInd</literal> "
+"option, an installed EFI System Partition must match your system "
+"architecture: if you have a 32bit EFI System Partition installed on a 64bit "
+"machine for instance, then the rEFInd option will not be displayed/available "
+"to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:106
+msgid "Bootloader Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:110
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:125
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader to use</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>GRUB2</guimenuitem> (with either a graphical or a text menu), "
+"can be chosen for both <literal>Legacy MBR/BIOS</literal> systems and "
+"<literal>UEFI</literal> systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>rEFInd</guimenuitem> (with a graphical menu)  is an alternative "
+"option solely for use with <literal>UEFI</literal> systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:144
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot device</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:147
+msgid "Don't change this unless you really know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"There is no option to write GRUB to the boot sector of a partition (e.g: "
+"<filename>sda1</filename>), as this method is considered unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"When using UEFI mode, then the <guilabel>Boot device</guilabel> will be "
+"listed as <guimenuitem>EFI System Partition</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delay before booting the default image</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"This text box lets you set a delay, in seconds, before the default operating "
+"system is started up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:171
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"This allows you to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username "
+"and password will be required when booting in order to select a booting "
+"entry or change settings. This is optional, and most people are not likely "
+"to have a need for it. The username is <literal>root</literal> and the "
+"password is the one chosen hereafter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:184
+msgid "Choose a password for the bootloader (optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Retype the password and DrakX will check that it matches with the one set "
+"above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:195 en/setupBootloader.xml:308
+msgid "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:199
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable ACPI</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for power "
+"management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices. Deselecting it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:210
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable SMP</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"This option enables/disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi-core "
+"processors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:217
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable APIC</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this gives the operating system access to the Advanced Programmable "
+"Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and "
+"Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:226
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable Local APIC</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set Local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a "
+"specific processor in an SMP system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:235
+msgid "Bootloader Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"If, in the previous section you selected <literal>rEFInd</literal> as the "
+"bootloader to use, you would then be presented with the options shown in the "
+"screenshot directly below. Otherwise, please instead move on to the "
+"subsequent screenshot for your options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"rEFIndLoaderConfig.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-rEFIndLoaderConfig.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"rEFIndLoaderConfig.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-rEFIndLoaderConfig.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:253
+msgid "Your rEFInd configuration options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:256
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Install or update rEFInd in the EFI system partition.</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Install in EFI/Boot partition (workaround for some BIOS's).</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"With some BIOS's, the newly written bootloader for Mageia at end of the "
+"installation will not be recognized. In that case, you can use this option "
+"as a workaround for the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"If you did not select rEFInd as the bootloader to use in the previous "
+"section, then your bootloader configurations are shown below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:286
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:288
+msgid "The operating system to be started up by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:292
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Append</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"This option lets you pass information to the kernel or tell the kernel to "
+"give you more information as it boots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:299
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probe foreign OS</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"then untick the <guimenuitem>Probe Foreign OS</guimenuitem> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:322
+msgid "<emphasis>Video mode</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"This sets the screen size and colour depth to be used by the boot menu. If "
+"you click the down-triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:330
+msgid "<emphasis>Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"Select this option if you don't want a bootable Mageia, but would rather "
+"chain-load it from another OS. You will get a warning that the bootloader is "
+"missing. Click <guimenuitem>Ok </guimenuitem>only if you are sure you "
+"understand the implications, and wish to proceed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"Chain-loading via legacy bootloaders (GRUB Legacy and LiLo)  is no longer "
+"supported by Mageia as it is likely to fail when attempting to boot this "
+"resulting installation of Mageia. If you use anything other than GRUB2 or "
+"rEFInd for this purpose, then you do so at your own risk!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:348
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:356
+msgid "Other Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:359
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding Mageia to an existing bootloader is beyond "
+"the scope of this documentation. However in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program, which should detect "
+"Mageia and automatically add an entry for it in the bootloader menu. See the "
+"documentation for the relevant operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:370
+msgid "Installing Without a Bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:372
+msgid ""
+"While you can opt to install Mageia without a bootloader (see section 2.1 "
+"Advanced), this is not recommended unless you absolutely know what you are "
+"doing, as without some form of bootloader your operating system will be "
+"unable to start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:10
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/0217 apb: Merge 2nd/3rd paras and reword.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will normally detect hard disks correctly. However, with some older "
+"SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use "
+"and subsequently fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If your device is not recognised, you will need to manually tell DrakX which "
+"SCSI drive(s) you have. DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) "
+"correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><title>
+#: en/software.xml:4
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/software.xml:7
+msgid "Media Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:10
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align PNG
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"This screen shows the details of the sound card driver chosen for you by the "
+"installer, and this driver should work without problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"However, if you encounter any issues post-install, then run "
+"<command>draksound</command> or start this tool via <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hardware</guimenuitem> "
+"<guimenuitem>Sound Configuration</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Then, in the "
+"<literal>draksound</literal> or <emphasis>Sound Configuration</emphasis> "
+"screen, click on <emphasis>Troubleshooting</emphasis> to find useful advice "
+"about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:43
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:10
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography
+#. 2018/02/20 apb: Change the 2 paras to itemized listitems.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Click on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> if you are at all unsure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Click on <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to proceed if you are sure that it is OK "
+"to erase <emphasis role=\"bold\">every</emphasis> partition, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">every</emphasis> operating system and <emphasis role=\"bold\">all "
+"data</emphasis> that might be on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:11
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:16
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"This is the screen you will see if you selected the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Boot Mageia </emphasis>option from the Live media menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:30
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"One of the aims of using the Live mode is to test that your hardware is "
+"correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in "
+"the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:40
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:44
+msgid "graphics card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:49
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:53
+msgid "printer: configure your printer/s and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:57
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If everything is satisfactory, you can proceed with the installation. If "
+"not, you can use the <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> button to exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The configuration settings you apply here are carried over if you decide to "
+"proceed with the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:73
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of the Live DVD to a hard disk or SSD drive, "
+"simply click the <emphasis>Install on Hard Disk</emphasis> icon on the Live "
+"desktop. You will then see this screen, followed by the <link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly - in short "
+"you want get rid of it - that is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"After backing up your data, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select "
+"<emphasis>Rescue system</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Restore Windows boot "
+"loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only have Windows, with no "
+"option to choose your Mageia operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"In Windows, to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Start</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Control Panel</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Administrative Tools</guimenuitem> "
+"<guimenuitem>Computer Management</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Storage</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Disk Management</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You "
+"will recognise a Mageia partition because they are labeled <literal>Unknown</"
+"literal>, and also by their size and place on the disk. Right-click on each "
+"of these partitions and select <emphasis>Delete</emphasis> to free up the "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will then get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">gparted</emphasis>, available for both Windows and Linux. As always, when "
+"changing partitions, be very careful to back up anything important to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:3
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. 2018/03/03 apb: Adjusted text and updated SC's to Mga6.
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"unused.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"unused.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages and you are then given an opportunity to delete them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you do not foresee a case where your installation may need to run on "
+"different hardware, or that you might need additional localization files "
+"then you might wish to accept this proposal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> will list the unused hardware and "
+"localization files that will be removed if you proceed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files to hard disk. This process should just "
+"take a little while to complete. When it is finishing you will briefly get a "
+"blank screen - this is normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4d0747a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<book version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="DrakLive-installer"
+      xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/02/19 apb: Disabled setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml because I have included it at the end of setupBootloader.xml-->
+<!--2018/03/24 apb: Disabled doPartitionDisks.xml, ask_mntpoint_s.xml, takeOverHdConfirm.xml, diskdrake.xml and formatPartitions.xml because I have grouped them together under diskPartitioning.xml (as per DrakX)-->
+<title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+
+    <revhistory>
+      <revision>
+        <date>March 2016</date>
+
+        <revremark>Mageia 5</revremark>
+      </revision>
+    </revhistory>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <article>
+    <title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <para><note>
+        <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+      </note></para>
+
+    <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="diskPartitioning.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+
+    <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="unused.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+  </article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba43133c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<article version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="Quick-Startup"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/02/16 apb: Comment-out setupBootloaderAddEntry because I have incorporated it at the end of setupBootloader-->
+<!--2018/03/23 apb: a) Using diskPartitioning.xml to group doPartitionDisks.xml ask_mntpoint_s.xml takeOverHdConfirm.xml diskdrake.xml and formatPartitions.xml 
+b) Disabled doPartitionDisks.xml ask_mntpoint_s.xml takeOverHdConfirm.xml diskdrake.xml and formatPartitions.xml This is to reflect same arrangement in DrakX-->
+<title>Installation from LIVE medium</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact the <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bootLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="bestTime.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboardLive.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="testing.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskPartitioning.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="unused.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="reboot.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="login.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-cover.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f9cb49e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-cover.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<book version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="Quick-Startup"
+      xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+      xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+      xmlns:ns62="http://docbook.org/ns/transclusion"
+      xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+      xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+      xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+      xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+      xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+
+    <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>
+
+    <revhistory>
+      <revision>
+        <date>February 2014</date>
+
+        <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark>
+      </revision>
+    </revhistory>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  <article>
+    
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2019-01-12 apb: add graphicalConfiguration.xml to group the 3 configureX xml's. -->
+<title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+
+    <para><note>
+        <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+      </note></para>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+ -->
+<!-- <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+  
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="diskPartitioning.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="software.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="graphicalConfiguration.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+
+    <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+ -->
+<!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="locale.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+    
+
+    <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+  </article>
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-inline.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-inline.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5f94904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX-inline.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="Quick-Startup">
+  <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:inclu de> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2092483c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/DrakX.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 -->
+<article version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="Quick-Startup"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns62="http://docbook.org/ns/transclusion"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+  <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/>
+ -->
+<info>
+    <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before-->
+<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed -->
+<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva -->
+<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml -->
+<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml -->
+<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur-->
+<!--2018/02/16 apb: 1st run towards improving Mga7 DrakX manual - Text and typography done for all required xml's.
+  Also, removed the inclusion for setupBootladerAddEntry (was section 24) as I have appended it to the end of section 23 (Bootloader).-->
+<!--2018/02/23 apb: Disabled Include for configureX_card_list.xml & configureX_monitor.xml because there is no point to them being Siblings to configureX_chooser.xml (Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration). They are really Children.-->
+<!--2018/02/27 apb: a) Created this section to merge doPartitionDisks.xml ask_mntpoint_s.xml takeOverHdConfirm.xml diskdrake.xml and formatPartitions.xml
+  b) renamed doPartitionDisks.xml as suggestedPartitioning.xml c) These XML's now exist as xi:includes within the newly created partitionig.xml -->
+<!--2018/02/27 apb: Merged configureTimezoneUTC.xml and selectCountry.xml within newly created Locale.xml. b) Disabled configureTimezoneUTC.xml and selectCountry.xml Includes and inserted Locale include.-->
+<!--2019/01/12 apb: add graphicalConfiguration.xml to hold the configureX xml's.-->
+<title>Installation with DrakX</title>
+
+    <cover>
+      <para><note>
+          <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which
+screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make
+while installing.</para>
+        </note></para>
+
+      <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA
+3.0 license <link
+ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link
+ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link
+ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para>
+
+      <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link
+ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation
+Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para>
+    </cover>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="installer.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/>
+ -->
+<!-- <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+  
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>-->
+<!-- <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="diskPartitioning.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="software.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="graphicalConfiguration.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+ -->
+<!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml">
+</xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include>
+  
+  <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="locale.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/> -->
+<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="firewall.xml"/>
+
+  
+
+  <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml">
+</xi:include> -->
+<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/>
+</article>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7796bbb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 
+
+Lebarhon updated for Mageia 6 2016 12 16 (still waiting for clarification about 1.3.2-->
+<!--2018/02/07 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Typo-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Update Download.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2018/02/20 apb: Adjusted sections 1.1 and 1.2.
+  a) The main intro previously stated that there were 2 families of media, but listed at 1.2.4 is NetInstall. Therefore, I included a NetInstall entry in 1.1.
+  b) Logically followed to move the NetInstall description up frome 1.2.4 to the main intro.
+  c) Moved the 'Important' text from Live 1.2.3.1 Common features to the main intro because it is not really part of 'Common features', and I think its more natural location is in the main intro.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Centre-align all PNG's.-->
+<!--2019/01/03 apb: Update checking.png (which also includes sha512 option). Some rewording to 1.2.4.2, 1.3.1, 1.4.2.3.5. Update text to include sha512 option in 1.3.1 & 1.3.2-->
+<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title>
+  </info>
+  <section>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose
+which image best suits your needs.</para>
+    <para>There are three types of installation media:</para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Classical installer:</emphasis> Booting with this
+media provides you with the maximum flexibility when choosing what to
+install, and for configuring your system. In particular, you have a choice
+of which Desktop environment to install.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">LIVE media:</emphasis> This option allows you to try
+out Mageia without having to actually install it, or make any changes to
+your computer. However, the Live media also includes an Installer, which can
+be started when booting the media, or after booting into the Live operating
+system itself.</para>
+        <note>
+          <para>The Live Installer is simpler compared to the Classical Installer - but you
+have fewer configuration options.</para>
+        </note>
+        <important>
+          <para>Live ISOs can only be used to create <quote>clean</quote> installations,
+they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia releases.</para>
+        </important>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Net Install</emphasis>: These are minimal ISO's
+containing no more than that which is needed to start the DrakX installer
+and find <literal>DrakX-installer-stage2</literal> and other packages that
+are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on
+the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet.</para>
+        <para>These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if
+bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a
+DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>More details are given in the next sections.</para>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Definition</title>
+      <para>Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to
+install and/or update Mageia and, by extension, any physical medium (DVD,
+USB stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to.</para>
+      <para>You can find Mageia ISO's <link
+ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Classical installation media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>These ISOs use the Classical installer called DrakX</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They are used for performing clean installs or to upgrade a previously
+installed version of Mageia</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Some tools are available in the Installer <quote>Welcome</quote> screen:
+<emphasis>Rescue System, Memory Test, </emphasis>and <emphasis>Hardware
+Detection Tool</emphasis></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non-free software</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Live media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Can be used to preview the Mageia operating system without having to install
+it</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>The Live media also includes an Installer.</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>They contain non-free software</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Plasma</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plasma desktop environment only</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All available languages are present</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64-bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD GNOME</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>GNOME desktop environment only</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All available languages are present</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>64-bit architecture only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Live DVD Xfce</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Xfce desktop environment only</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>All available languages are present</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>32 or 64-bit architectures</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Net install media</title>
+      <section>
+        <title>Common features</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>First steps are English language only</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains only free software, for those who prefer to not use non-free
+software</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>netinstall-nonfree.iso</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for those who need it</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Downloading and Checking Media</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>Downloading</title>
+      <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or
+BitTorrent. In both cases, you are provided with some information, such as
+the mirror in use and an option to switch to an alternative if the bandwidth
+is too low.</para>
+      <para>If http is chosen you will also see some information regarding checksums.</para>
+
+      <para><literal>md5sum</literal>, <literal>sha1sum</literal> and
+<literal>sha512sum</literal> (the most secure) are tools to check the ISO
+integrity. Copy one of the checksums (string of alphanumeric characters) for
+use in the next section.</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="Checking.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>In the meantime, a window to download the actual ISO will open:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="Download.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+      <para>Click on <emphasis>Save File</emphasis>, then click <emphasis>OK</emphasis>.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title xml:id="integrity">Checking the integrity of the downloaded media</title>
+      <para>The checksums referred to earlier, are digital fingerprints generated by an
+algorithm from the file to be downloaded. You may compare the checksum of
+your downloaded ISO against that of the original source ISO. If the
+checksums do not match, it means that the actual data on the ISO's do not
+match, and if that is the case, then you should retry the download or
+attempt a repair using BitTorrent.</para>
+      <para>To generate the checksum for your downloaded ISO, open a console, (no need
+to be root), and:</para>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>To use the md5sum, type: <command>md5sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</command></para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>To use the sha1sum, type: <command>sha1sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</command></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>To use the sha512sum, type: <command>sha512sum
+path/to/the/image/file.iso</command></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+      <para>Example:</para>
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="Md5sum.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <para>then compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the ISO
+checksum provided by Mageia.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+  <section>
+    <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title>
+    <para>The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or <quote>dumped</quote> to a
+USB stick. This is not a standard copy operation, as a bootable medium will
+actually be created.</para>
+    <section>
+      <title>Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD</title>
+      <para>Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an<emphasis>
+image</emphasis> is used. Burn <emphasis>data</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>files</emphasis> is NOT correct. See the <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia
+wiki</link> for more information.</para>
+    </section>
+    <section>
+      <title>Dump the ISO to a USB stick</title>
+      <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can dump them to a USB stick
+and then use that to boot and install the system.</para>
+      <warning>
+        <para>Dumping an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on
+the device and all existing data will be lost.</para>
+      </warning>
+      <note>
+        <para>Also, the only partition on the flash device will then just be the Mageia
+ISO partition.</para>
+        <para>So, if an ISO of about 4GB is written to an 8GB USB stick, the stick will
+then only show up as 4GB. This is because the remaining 4GB is no longer
+formatted - hence not currently available for use. To recover the original
+capacity, you must reformat and repartition the USB stick.</para>
+      </note>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Mageia</title>
+        <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link
+ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using a graphical tool within Windows</title>
+        <para>You could try:</para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link> using the
+"ISO image" option</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 Disk
+Imager</link></para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </section>
+      <section>
+        <title>Using the Command line within a GNU/Linux system</title>
+        <warning>
+          <para>It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk overwriting
+potentially valuable existing data if you specify the wrong target device.</para>
+        </warning>
+        <orderedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Open a console</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Become a <emphasis>root</emphasis> (Administrator) user with the command
+<command>su -</command> (don't forget the <command>-</command> )</para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="Root.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Plug in your USB stick - but do not mount it (this also means do not open
+any application or file manager that could access or read it)</para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command <command>fdisk -l</command></para>
+            <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="Fdisk.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example
+<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in the screenshot above, is an 8GB USB stick.</para>
+            <para>Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command
+<command>dmesg</command>. Towards the end of the following example, you can
+see the device name starting with <filename>sd</filename>, and in this case,
+<filename>sdd</filename> is the actual device. You can also see that its
+size is 2GB:</para>
+            <para><screen>[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd
+[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000
+[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
+[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device
+[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash
+[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB
+[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes
+[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected
+[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0
+[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4
+[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)
+[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off
+[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00
+[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found
+[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through
+[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1
+[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk</screen></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: <command>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file
+of=/dev/sd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=1M</command></para>
+            <para>Where <replaceable>X</replaceable>=your device name eg:
+<filename>/dev/sdd</filename></para>
+            <para>Example:<literal> dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso
+of=/dev/sdd bs=1M</literal></para>
+            <tip>
+              <para>It might be helpful to know that <emphasis role="bold">if</emphasis> stands
+for <emphasis role="bold">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis
+role="bold">f</emphasis>ile and <emphasis role="bold">of</emphasis> stands
+for <emphasis role="bold">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis
+role="bold">f</emphasis>ile</para>
+            </tip>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>Enter the command: <command>sync</command></para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <para>This is the end of the process, and you may now unplug your USB stick.</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </orderedlist>
+      </section>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/acceptLicense.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a57a2b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/acceptLicense.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="acceptLicense" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications:
+       http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html  -->
+<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore,
+       but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( 
+       ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one-->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not 
+       sure what is causing the corruption -->
+<!-- JohnR  2012-04-19 language proofreading -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Updated dx2-license.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Slight reword to '..thanks for looking' sentence.-->
+<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">License and Release Notes</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+xml:id="acceptLicense-im1" fileref="dx2-license.png" align="center"
+revision="4"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="live-license.png" xml:id="acceptLicense-im2" revision="5"
+align="center" condition="live"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="license">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="license-ti1">License Agreement</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Before installing Mageia, please read the license terms and conditions
+carefully.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>These terms and conditions apply to the entire Mageia distribution and must
+be accepted before you can continue.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>To proceed, simply select <emphasis>Accept</emphasis> and then click on
+<emphasis>Next</emphasis></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for your
+interest in Mageia. Clicking <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> will reboot your
+computer.</para>
+
+    
+  <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section -
+       marja, 20120405  -->
+</section>
+
+  <section xml:id="releaseNotes">
+    <!--
+  <para>
+Release Notes</para>
+-->
+<info>
+      <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Release Notes</title>
+    </info>
+
+    
+
+    <para>Important information about this particular Mageia release can be viewed by
+clicking on the <emphasis>Release Notes</emphasis> button.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/addUser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/addUser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffa2e228
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/addUser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="addUser" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">User Management</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)-->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and Typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Update dx2-setRootPassword.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2018/02/21 apb: Changed title from 'User and Superuser Management' to 'User Management'. Docteam approved (plus, the SC title is User Management).
+  Also changed 'Advanced User Management' to 'User Management (advanced)'.-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style.-->
+<!--2019/08/10 apb: Added missing 'condition' profile for live-user1.png.-->
+<!--2019/08/11 apb: [1] Reword 1.1 (including Note) [2] Reword 1.2 Password text.-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live">
+<imagedata fileref="live-user1.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <section xml:id="root-password">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Set Administrator (root)  Password:</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a
+<literal>superuser</literal> (Administrator) password, usually called the
+<emphasis>root </emphasis>password in Linux. You need to repeat the same
+password in the box underneath, to check that the first entry was not
+mistyped.</para>
+
+    <note xml:id="givePassword">
+      <para>As you type a password into the top box a shield will change from
+red-to-yellow-to-green depending on the strength of the password. A green
+shield shows you are using a strong password.</para>
+
+      <para>All passwords are case-sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters
+(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="enterUser">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Enter a user</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>Add a User here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the
+<literal>superuser</literal> (root), but enough to use the Internet, office
+applications or play games and anything else the average user might use a
+computer for.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Icon</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Click on this button if you want to change the user's icon</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Real Name</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Insert the user's real name into this text box</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Name</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Enter the user login name or let DrakX use a version of the user's real
+name. <emphasis role="bold">The login name is case-sensitive.</emphasis></para>
+
+        <caution condition="live">
+          <simpara>The login entered here should be different to any login currently in use for
+your <filename>/home</filename> directory. Some user parameters will be
+written in the user space, and some can overwrite actual data such as
+Firefox, Thunderbird or Kmail data...</simpara>
+        </caution>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para>Type in the user password (remembering the advice in the Note above).</para>
+
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Password (again):</emphasis> Retype the user
+password. DrakX will check that you have not mistyped the password.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <note>
+      <para>Any users added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that is
+both read and write protected (umask=0027)</para>
+
+      <para>You can add any extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration -
+Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User
+management</emphasis>.</para>
+
+      <para>The access permissions can also be changed after the install.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+
+  <section condition="classical" xml:id="addUserAdvanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">User Management (advanced)</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option allows you to edit further settings
+for the user you are adding.</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Shell</emphasis>: This drop-down list allows you to change the
+shell available to any user you added in the previous screen. Options are
+<literal>Bash</literal>, <literal>Dash</literal> and <literal>Sh</literal></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>User ID</emphasis>: Here you can set the user ID for any user you
+added in the previous screen. If you are unsure what the purpose of this is,
+then leave it blank.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Group ID</emphasis>: This lets you set the group ID.  Again, if
+unsure, leave it blank.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/add_supplemental_media.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7fa7960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/add_supplemental_media.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Supplemental Installation Media</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--2018/02/10 apb: Text and typgraphy.-->
+<!--2018/02/16 apb: Update dx2-add_supplemental_media.png to Mga6-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG"
+fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png"
+xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1" align="center" revision="1"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen shows you the list of already recognised repositories. You can
+add other sources for packages, like an optical-disc or a remote source.
+The source selection determines which packages will be available during the
+subsequent steps.</para>
+
+  <para>For a network source, there are two steps to follow:</para>
+
+  <orderedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Choosing and activating the network, if not already up.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a
+mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by
+Mageia, like the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>, the
+<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repositories and the
+<emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, you can designate a specific
+repository or your own NFS installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </orderedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are updating a 64-bit installation which may contain some 32-bit
+packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by
+selecting one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only
+contains 64-bit and <emphasis>noarch</emphasis> packages, it will not be
+able to update the 32-bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror,
+the installer will find the needed 32-bit packages there.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4709de7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/ask_mntpoint_s.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Choose the mount points</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -->
+<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+       with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -->
+<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -->
+<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+       write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it-->
+<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -->
+<!-- 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done -->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2019/01/04 apb: Typo & minor reword on custom mount-points.-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-chooseMountpoints.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="live-chooseMountPoints-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If
+you don't agree with the DrakX suggestions, you can change the mount points
+yourself.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>To the left of the drop-down menus is a list of available partitions. For
+example: <filename>sda</filename> is a hard drive - and
+<filename>5</filename> is a <emphasis>partition number</emphasis>, followed
+by the<emphasis> (capacity, mount point, filesystem type)</emphasis> of the
+partition.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you have several partitions, you can choose various different
+<emphasis>mount points</emphasis> from the drop down menu, such as
+<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> and
+<filename>/var</filename>. You can even make your own mount points, for
+instance <filename>/video</filename> for a partition where you want to store
+your films, or perhaps <filename>/Data</filename> for all your data files.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>For any partitions that you don't need to make use of, you can leave the
+mount point field blank.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para>If you make any changes here, ensure you still have a <filename>/</filename>
+(root) partition.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> to
+go back and then tick <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, where
+you can click on a partition to see its type and size.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para>If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on
+<emphasis>Next</emphasis>, and choose whether you only want to format the
+partition suggested by DrakX, or more.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bestTime.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bestTime.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..614c09ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bestTime.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="bestTime">
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/03/01 apb: Slight adjustment to text-->
+<!--2018/03/03/ apb: Redo definition for the Advanced option,-->
+<title xml:id="bestTime-ti1">Clock Settings</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" align="center"
+fileref="live-bestTime.png" revision="1" xml:id="bestTime-im1"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <para>Here, you can select whether your computer internal clock is set to local
+time or UTC time.</para>
+  <para>In the <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> tab, you can enable automatic time
+synchronization and specify an NTP server.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bootLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bootLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f089673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/bootLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/03/01 apb: a) center-align live-bootCSM.png b) Redo/expand text.-->
+<!--2018/02/02 apb: a) update live-bootCSM.png and redo corresponding text.-->
+<!--2018/02/03 apb: a) A couple of typos and slight adjustment to some text. b) Added definition for F6 Default boot option.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: 1.2 - F6 last sentence typo.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: 1.2 - Update SC (live-bootCSM.png) and text to reflect changes to Mga7 options.-->
+<!--2019/01/08 apb: 1.2 - Add text for Memtest option. 1.3 - Update live-bootUEFI.png and add text for F2 Language option.-->
+<!--2019/01/11 apb: 1.3 - Boot Mageia: change Dvd ->
+ DVD.-->
+<title xml:id="bootLive-ti1">Boot Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+  <section xml:id="bootLive-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="bootLive1-ti1">Booting the medium</title>
+    </info>
+    <para>You can boot directly from a Live DVD or USB. Usually, you just need to plug
+the USB device in or place the DVD in the drive and restart the computer.</para>
+    <para>If the computer does not automatically boot from the USB or DVD you may need
+to reconfigure your BIOS Boot Disk priority. Alternatively, you might try
+accessing the boot device menu to select a device from which the computer
+will boot.</para>
+    <tip>
+      <para>To access the BIOS or boot menu when the computer is starting, you can try
+pressing either <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> or
+<keycap>Esc</keycap> for the BIOS, or <keycap>Esc</keycap>,
+<keycap>F8</keycap>, <keycap>F10</keycap> or <keycap>F11</keycap> for the
+boot device menu. These (fairly common) keys are just a selection of
+possible options though.</para>
+    </tip>
+    <note>
+      <para>The actual screen that you will first see when booting from the Live media
+will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of the Legacy (BIOS) or
+UEFI type.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="biosmode">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="biosmode-ti1">In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode</title>
+    </info>
+    <mediaobject>
+      <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-bootCSM.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject>
+      <caption>
+        <para>First screen while booting in BIOS mode</para>
+      </caption>
+    </mediaobject>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <title>Menu</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Boot Mageia</emphasis></para>
+        <para>This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB
+media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS).</para>
+        <para>Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation.</para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to
+boot)</emphasis></para>
+            <para>Boot the Mageia Live system using non-free video drivers</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Install Mageia</emphasis></para>
+        <para>This option will install Mageia to a hard disk.</para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <para><emphasis role="bold">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to
+boot)</emphasis></para>
+            <para>Install Mageia using non-free video drivers</para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Memory Test</emphasis></para>
+        <para>Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write
+operations. Reboot to end the test.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold"> F2 Language</emphasis></para>
+        <para>Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language
+during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then
+press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+  <section xml:id="uefimode">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="uefimode-ti1">In UEFI mode</title>
+    </info>
+    <mediaobject condition="live">
+      <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="../live-bootUEFI.png"
+align="center" xml:id="bootUEFI-im1" revision="1"/> </imageobject>
+      <caption>
+        <para>First screen while booting in UEFI mode</para>
+      </caption>
+    </mediaobject>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <title>Menu</title>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Boot Mageia</emphasis></para>
+        <para>This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB
+media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS).  Once the
+boot is done, you can proceed to the installation</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Install Mageia</emphasis></para>
+        <para>This option will install Mageia to a hard disk.</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold"> F2 Language</emphasis></para>
+        <para>Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language
+during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then
+press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <note>
+      <para>If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above menu options
+duplicated, and in this case, you should choose from the menu pair that will
+be suffixed with "USB".</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/chooseDesktop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aab1332f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/chooseDesktop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="chooseDesktop"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<info>
+    <!--2018/02/12 apb: Some wording and typograpy.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Change last 2 paras to bulleted-->
+<!--2019/01/05 apb: Slight reword to para's 1,2 & 4.-->
+<title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Desktop Selection</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <para>Some choices made here will open other screens with related options.</para>
+
+  <para>After the selection step(s), you will see a slideshow during the
+installation of required packages. The slideshow can be disabled by pressing
+the <emphasis>Details</emphasis> button.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop
+environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Select <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you do not wish to use either (or,
+actually use both) of these, or if you want to modify the default software
+choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop, for instance, is
+lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and having fewer
+packages installed by default.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackageGroups.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8144505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackageGroups.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="choosePackageGroups" xreflabel="Choose Package Groups">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Package Group Selection</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Packages are arranged into common groups, to make choosing what you need on
+your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however
+more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which
+become visible as the mouse is hovered over them.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Workstation</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Server</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphical Environment</emphasis></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Individual Package Selection</emphasis>: you can use
+this option to manually add or remove packages</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>See <xref linkend="minimal-install"/> for instructions on how to do a
+minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM).</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackagesTree.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0346465e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/choosePackagesTree.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="choosePackagesTree" xreflabel="Choose Packages Tree" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Choose Individual Packages</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page-->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
+align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customize your
+installation.</para>
+
+  <para>After having made your choice, you can click on the
+<emphasis>floppy</emphasis> icon at the bottom of the page to save your
+choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this
+file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same
+button during install and choosing to load it.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureServices.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureServices.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..863021a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureServices.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xreflabel="Configure Services" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="configureServices">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configure your Services</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<!-- 2018/02/16 apb: Minor text adjustment.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel for this section. b) Added some bullets to the text.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png"
+xml:id="configureServices-im1" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="configureServices-pa1" revision="1">Here you can choose which services should start when you boot your system.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para xml:id="configureServices-pa2" revision="1">Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services. The
+settings DrakX chose are usually good.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para xml:id="configureServices-pa4" revision="1">If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info
+box below.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para xml:id="configureServices-pa5" revision="1">Only change things when you know very well what you are doing.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bac9dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureTimezoneUTC.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xreflabel="Configure Timezone" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configure your Timezone</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<!--2018/02/13 apb: Minor text adjustment.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section.-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata format="PNG"
+xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1" align="center"
+fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata format="png"
+fileref="live-timeZone.png" align="center"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1" revision="1">Choose your timezone by choosing your country, or a city close to you in the
+same timezone.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2" revision="1">In the next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time
+or to GMT, also known as UTC.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they
+are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT.</para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_card_list.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc76c51a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_card_list.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast"
+         xreflabel="Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+         xml:id="configureX_card_list" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marja  2012-08-08 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-29 -->
+<!-- tproof  -->
+<!-- lproof  -->
+<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur  -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/21 apb: Merge last 2 paras + slight reword.-->
+<!--2019/08/10 apb: Added xreflabel-->
+<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually
+correctly identify your video device.</para>
+
+  <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know
+which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Vendor</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>then the make of your card</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>and the model of card</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist></para>
+
+  <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in
+the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the
+<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than 40 generic and
+open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a specific driver
+for your card there is the option of using the VESA driver which provides
+basic capabilities.</para>
+
+  <caution>
+    <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access
+to the <emphasis>Command Line Interface</emphasis></para>
+  </caution>
+
+  <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which
+may only be available in the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository and in
+some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites. The
+<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be explicitly enabled to
+access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you should do this after
+your first reboot.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_chooser.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f8c0799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_chooser.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="Graphics Card and Monitor Configuration"
+         xml:id="configureX_chooser" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page-->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Some text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/21 apb: a) Changed main options list style. b) Slight reword of 'wrong refresh rates' warning.-->
+<!--2018/02/23 apb: Typo.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: Slight reword, split 1st para in two.-->
+<!--2019/08/10 apb: [1] Added xreflabel. [2] Changed all instances of 'Graphic Card' to Graphics Card-->
+<title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Graphics Card and Monitor Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment)
+you chose for this install of Mageia, they are all based on a graphical user
+interface system called <literal>X Window System</literal>, or simply
+<quote>X</quote>. So in order for KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE or any other
+graphical environment to work well, the following <quote>X</quote> settings
+need to be correct.</para>
+
+  <para>Choose the appropriate settings manually if you think the details are
+incorrect, or if none are shown.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis role="bold">Graphics Card</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>If you need to, you can select a specific card from this expandable
+list. See <xref linkend="configureX_card_list"/>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis role="bold">Monitor</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>You can choose Plug 'n Play, if applicable, or choose your monitor from the
+<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis> or <emphasis>Generic</emphasis> lists. Choose
+<emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and
+vertical refresh rates of your monitor. See <xref
+linkend="configureX_monitor"/>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis role="bold">Resolution</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>The resolution and color depth of your monitor can be set here.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis role="bold">Test</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>The test button does not always appear during install. If the option is
+there, and you test your settings, you should be asked to confirm that your
+settings are correct. If you answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, the settings
+will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration
+screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test result is
+satisfactory. If the test option is not available, then make sure your
+settings are on the safe side.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis role="bold">Options</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Here you can choose to enable or disable various options.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">There is a risk of damaging a monitor if you choose refresh rates that are
+outside the frequency range of that monitor. This applies to older CRT
+displays: modern monitors will reject an unsupported frequency and normally
+enter standby mode.</para>
+  </warning>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_monitor.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36d76a10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/configureX_monitor.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="Choosing your Monitor"
+         xml:id="configureX_monitor" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 -->
+<!-- Further text JohnR  2012-08-30 -->
+<!-- tproof -->
+<!---->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Change list style.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: Slight rewording.-->
+<!--2019/08/10 apb: Added xreflabel.-->
+<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Choosing your Monitor</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually
+correctly identify yours.</para>
+
+  <warning>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis role="bold">Selecting a monitor with different characteristics
+could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something
+without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+  </warning>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <variablelist spacing="compact">
+    <varlistentry>
+      <term revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2">Custom</term>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">This option allows you to set two critical parameters: the vertical refresh
+rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the
+screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are
+displayed.</para>
+
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor
+type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you
+may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and
+consult your monitor documentation.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </varlistentry>
+
+    <varlistentry>
+      <term revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5">Plug'n Play</term>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">This is the default option and automatically tries to determine the monitor
+type from the monitor database.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </varlistentry>
+
+    <varlistentry>
+      <term revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7">Vendor</term>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which
+one you have, you can choose it from the options by selecting:</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </varlistentry>
+  </variablelist>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Manufacturer</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Monitor model</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <variablelist spacing="compact">
+    <varlistentry>
+      <term revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9">Generic</term>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Selecting this group will list approximately 30 display configurations such
+as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat-panel displays as used in laptops.
+This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the VESA
+card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined
+automatically. Once again, it may be wise to be conservative in your
+selections.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </varlistentry>
+  </variablelist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskPartitioning.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskPartitioning.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e8e014d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskPartitioning.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:m="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xreflabel="Partitioning" xml:id="diskPartitioning" xml:lang="en" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  
+
+  <!--2018/02/27 apb: Created this XML to group the Partitioning-related elements.-->
+<title>Partitioning</title>
+
+  <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskdrake.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskdrake.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..927b3c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/diskdrake.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="DiskDrake" xml:id="diskdrake"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+
+Lebarhon 20170902 added SC-->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Fix a couple of tags that were out of place + added 'xreflabel="DiskDrake" at start of doc.-->
+<!--2018/02/27 apb: Reformat the text and add titles for the boot partition SC's.-->
+<!--2019/01/05 apb: Slight reword to 1st bullet-point.-->
+<!--2019/08/06 apb: Slight reword to 2nd bullet-point (was mentioning sda & sdb tabs in previous SC version).-->
+<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Custom Disk Partitioning with DiskDrake</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live">
+<imagedata align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake-pa3">Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,
+change the filesystem or size of a partition and even view their details
+before you start.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa4">There is a tab at the top for every detected hard disk (or other storage
+device, like a USB key), for example: <filename>sda</filename>,
+<filename>sdb</filename>, <filename>sdc</filename> etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6">For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it,
+or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe
+it. <emphasis>Expert mode</emphasis> provides more options such as to label
+(name) a partition, or to choose a partition type.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a">Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction, then click
+<emphasis>Done</emphasis> when you're ready.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <warning>
+    <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa5">Take care with the <emphasis>Clear all</emphasis> option, use it only if you
+are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">If you wish to use encryption on your <filename>/</filename> partition you
+must ensure that you have a separate <filename>/boot</filename>
+partition. The encryption option for the <filename>/boot</filename>
+partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+  </warning>
+
+  <important>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If you are installing Mageia on a UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI System
+Partition) is present and correctly mounted on
+<filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. See Figure 1 below.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot
+partition is present and of the correct type. See Figure 2 below.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </important>
+
+  <figure>
+    <title>EFI System Partition</title>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-diskdrake2.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="live">
+<imagedata align="center" fileref="live-diskdrake2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+
+  <figure>
+    <title>BIOS boot partition</title>
+
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/doPartitionDisks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f084a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/doPartitionDisks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="doPartitionDisks"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--lebarhon 20161216 updated for Mageia 6
+  
+lebarhon 20170209 added SC-->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography. Added link to diskdrake in 2nd Note-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align last two PNG's. Also, fix some wonky XML formatting.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Moved 'Erase ...' & 'Custom ...' list items up with the other list items. I can see the reason for splitting the list with the example SC, 
+  but I think this way is clearer (flow) overall. I don't believe that combining the list will interfere with the example SC and the relevant list item.-->
+<!--2018/02/21 apb: Changed list styles.-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Changed list styles.-->
+<!--2019/01/11 apb: Auto allocation of drive space rules: small edits for style consistency.-->
+<!--2019/07/06 apb: Added live-doPartitionDisksk.png, as it was previously sharing the DrakX screenshot.-->
+<!--2019/08/23 apb: Moved 'Important' note from 'Erase and Use Entire Disk' to 'Use Free Space on a Windows Partition'. Slight text tweak to to first para, 'Warning' and 'Important' -->
+<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Suggested Partitioning</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1">In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) along with the
+DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install Mageia.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2">The actual options available from those shown below will vary according to
+the layout and content of your particular hard drive(s).</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <title>Main Options</title>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4"><emphasis role="bold">Use Existing Partitions</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5">If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have
+been found and may be used for the installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6"><emphasis role="bold">Use Free Space</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7">If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for
+your new Mageia installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8"><emphasis role="bold">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="suggestedPartitioning-pa9">If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may
+offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia
+installation but see the warning below.</para>
+
+      <para>With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in
+light blue and the proposed Mageia partition in dark blue with their
+intended sizes just underneath. You have the option to modify these sizes by
+clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions.  See the following
+screenshot:<mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para>This involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition, and therefore is
+a risky operation, so you should make sure you have backed up all important
+files before proceeding.</para>
+      </warning>
+
+      <important>
+        <para revision="3" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11">The partition must be "clean", meaning that Windows must have closed down
+correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented,
+although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been
+moved out of the area that is about to be used for Mageia.</para>
+      </important>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12"><emphasis role="bold">Erase and use Entire Disk</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13">This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia</para>
+
+      <warning>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14">This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! If you
+intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data
+on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option.</para>
+      </warning>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16"><emphasis role="bold">Custom Disk Partitioning</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17">This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your
+hard drive(s).</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>If you are not using the <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>
+option, then the installer will allocate the available space according to
+the following rules:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If the total available space is less than 50 GB, then only one partition is
+created. This will be the <filename>/</filename> (root)  partition.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If the total available space is greater than 50 GB, then three partitions
+are created</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <filename>/</filename>
+with a maximum of 50 GB</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>1/19 is allocated to <filename>swap</filename> with a maximum of 4 GB</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <filename>/home</filename></para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>This means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will
+create three partitions:</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>50 GB for <filename>/</filename></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>4 GB for <filename>swap</filename></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>and the remainder for <filename>/home</filename></para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>If you are using a UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be
+automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet - and mounted
+on <filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. The <emphasis>Custom disk
+partitioning</emphasis> option is the only one that allows to check it has
+been correctly done.</para>
+
+    <para>If you are using a Legacy (also known as BIOS) system with a GPT partitioned
+disk, you need to create a BIOS boot partition if it doesn't already
+exist. It should be about 1 MiB with no mount point. It can be created with
+the Installer, under <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, like any
+other partition. Be sure to select <quote>BIOS boot partition</quote> for
+filesystem type.</para>
+
+    <para>See <xref linkend="diskdrake"/> for information on how to proceed.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-doPartitionDisks4.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <important>
+    <para>Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the
+previous standard of 512. Due to lack of available hardware, the
+partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a
+drive.</para>
+
+    <para>Some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you have such a
+device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using an
+alternative partitioning tool like gparted, and to use the following
+settings:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Align to</emphasis> = MiB</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para><emphasis>Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>Also make sure all partitions are created using an even number of megabytes.</para>
+  </important>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/exitInstall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/exitInstall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33510636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/exitInstall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Norabona</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Added clickable link to mageia.org-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa1" revision="2">You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to
+remove the installation medium and reboot your computer.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa2" revision="2">After rebooting, you can use the bootloader screen to choose which operating
+system to start (if there are more than one on your computer).</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa3" revision="1">If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install
+will be automatically selected and started.</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa4" revision="1">Enjoy!</para>
+
+  <para xml:id="exitInstall-pa5" revision="1">Visit <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/">www.mageia.org/en/</link>
+if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/firewall.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/firewall.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f059928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/firewall.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="Firewall" xml:id="firewall"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel for this section.-->
+<!--2019/07/23 apb: Added dx2-firewall.png for this section.-->
+<title xml:id="firewall-ti1">Tornafuéu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="firewall-pa1">This section allows you to configure some simple firewall rules: they
+determine which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the
+target system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the
+system to be accessible from the Internet.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-firewall.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In the default setting (no button is checked), no service of the system is
+accessible from the network. The <emphasis>Everything (no
+firewall)</emphasis> option enables access to all services of the machine -
+an option that does not make much sense in the context of the installer
+since it would create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in
+the context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout)
+for temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and
+debugging purposes.</para>
+
+  <para>All other options are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you will
+enable the CUPS server if you want printers on your machine to be accessible
+from the network.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para>The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where you can enable
+a series of services by typing a list of <quote>couples</quote> (blank
+separated)</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis>&lt;port-number&gt;/&lt;protocol&gt;</emphasis></para>
+
+  <simplelist>
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;port-number&gt;</emphasis> is the value of the port assigned
+to the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as
+defined in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;</member>
+
+    <member>- <emphasis>&lt;protocol&gt;</emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis>
+or <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the
+service.</member>
+  </simplelist>
+
+  <para>For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore
+is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <para>In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2
+couples for the same port.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/formatPartitions.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d3b94eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/formatPartitions.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="formatPartitions"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatting</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 -->
+<!--2018/02/10 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-formatPartitions.png" format="PNG" revision="1"
+xml:id="live-formatPartitions-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on
+partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be preserved.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Usually, at least the partitions that DrakX selected need to be formatted.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to choose the partitions you want to
+check for so-called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis></para>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on
+<emphasis>Previous</emphasis>, again on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> and
+then on <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> to get back to the main screen, where
+you can choose to view details of your partitions.</para>
+  </tip>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">When you are confident about the selections, click on
+<emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/graphicalConfiguration.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/graphicalConfiguration.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ced6d7c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/graphicalConfiguration.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="graphicalConfiguration"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2019/01/12 apb: Created this xml as parent for the 'configureX' xml's.-->
+<title xml:id="graphicalConfiguration-ti1">Graphical Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installUpdates.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installUpdates.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc77bfff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installUpdates.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns52="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installUpdates" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" 
+  xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename-->
+<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Added bullets to some text.-->
+<title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Updates</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="png" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png"
+align="center" revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="installUpdates-pa1" revision="1">Since this version of Mageia was released, some packages will have been
+updated or improved.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para xml:id="installUpdates-pa2" revision="1">Select <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> if you wish to download and install them</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Select <emphasis>No</emphasis> if you don't want to do this now, or if you
+aren't connected to the Internet</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para xml:id="installUpdates-pa3" revision="1">Press <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installer.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd1dfaee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/installer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="installer"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/02/11 apb: Text and typography. F6 Default option needs to be better defined.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Removed instances of surplus para tags from before and after some itemizedlist tags. These were present in the import from Mga6 WS.
+  Some listitem end-tags were directly after mediaobject end-tags, while the main listitem element was above the mediaobject.
+  So I moved the listitem end-tags above the mediaobjects, to their natural positions. This also was in the imported XML.-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Updated welcome.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2018/02/21 apb: a) Updated rest of BIOS PNG's, b) Refined text and reworked this XML.-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Changed main list type-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Split 1,1 Caution into 2 paras.-->
+<!--2018/02/27 apb: Fixed UEFI section nest level.-->
+<!--2018/03/16 apb: Fixed incorrect value for title installer-ti1 (leading to output error since last year in Documentation Workspace - and inherited here, when imported).-->
+<!--2019/01/02 apb: 1.2 Typo. 1.2.1: Update dx-welcome.png (BIOS Welcome screen) to Mga7 and strip text for the options which have been removed from the Mga7 Welcome screen.-->
+<!--2019/01/08 apb: 1.2.2: Update dx-welcome2.png (UEFI Welcome screen) to Mga7 and add text for F2 Languages option.-->
+<!--2019/07/17 apb: Force dx-welcome.png and dx-welcome2.png to be 800px wide.-->
+<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, the Mageia Installer</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia
+Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as
+possible.</para>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>The installation steps</title>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para>The install process is divided into a number of steps - the status of which
+is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Each step has one or more screens, which may also have
+<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> sections with extra, less commonly required
+options.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para>Most screens have <emphasis>Help</emphasis> buttons for further details
+about the particular step.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <caution>
+      <para>If at some point during the install you decide to abort the installation, it
+is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a
+partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your
+computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well
+leave you with an unusable system.</para>
+
+      <para>If, in spite of this, you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a
+text terminal by pressing the keys <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> together. After that,
+press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo> together to reboot.</para>
+    </caution>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Welcome Screen</title>
+
+    <para>The particular screen that you will first see when booting from the
+Installation media will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of
+the Legacy (BIOS) or UEFI type.</para>
+
+    <para>The welcome menu screen has various options, however the default option will
+start the installer, and is normally all that you will need.</para>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Legacy (BIOS) Systems</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <title>Menu</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Install Mageia</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Install Mageia to a hard disk. This is the default option, and will
+automatically start after a short while unless another option is selected.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Rescue System</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This option allows you to either re-install the bootloader for an existing
+Mageia installation or you can use it to restore a Windows bootloader.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Memory Test</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write
+operations. Reboot to end the test.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">F2: Language</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Press F2 for alternative languages.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>UEFI Systems</title>
+
+      <para>From this screen, you can access options by pressing <keycap>e</keycap> to
+enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>
+to quit without saving or press <keycap>F10</keycap> to save and quit.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx-welcome2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <title>Menu</title>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Install:</emphasis> Start the Install process</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Rescue:</emphasis> This option allows you to either
+re-install the bootloader for an existing Mageia installation or you can use
+it to restore a Windows bootloader.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">F2: Language:</emphasis> Press <keycap>F2</keycap> for
+alternative languages.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above options duplicated,
+and in this case, you should use the set that will be suffixed with "USB".</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Installation Problems and Possible Solutions</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>No Graphical Interface</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>After the initial screen you did not progress to the <emphasis>Language
+Selection</emphasis> screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and
+older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <command>vgalo</command>
+at the prompt.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be
+possible. In this case it is worth trying a text-mode installation. To use
+this press <keycap>Esc</keycap> at the <emphasis>Welcome</emphasis> screen
+and confirm with <keycap>ENTER</keycap>. You will be presented with a black
+screen with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Type <command>text</command>
+and press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> to continue with the installation in text
+mode.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>The Install Freezes</title>
+
+      <para>If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a
+problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic hardware
+detection may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type
+<command>noauto</command> at the prompt. This option may also be combined
+with other parameters as necessary.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>RAM problem</title>
+
+      <para>This will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the
+available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the
+<literal>mem=<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>M</literal> parameter, where
+<replaceable>xxx</replaceable> is the correct amount of
+RAM. e.g. <literal>mem=256M</literal> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Dynamic partitions</title>
+
+      <para>If you converted your hard disk from <literal>Basic</literal> format to
+<literal>Dynamic</literal> format in Microsoft Windows, then it is not
+possible to install Mageia on this disc. To revert to a
+<literal>Basic</literal> disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link
+ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/locale.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/locale.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ef5053d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/locale.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="locale" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:m="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <title>Locale</title>
+
+  <xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"/>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/login.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/login.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a0e5c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/login.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="login" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/03/03 apb: a) Slight adjustment to text and change image caption from KDM to SDDM also change KDE to KDE Plasma. b) update SC to Mga6.-->
+<title xml:id="label-to-adapt-ti1">Login Screen</title>
+  </info>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+    <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="login-im1"
+fileref="live-login.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject>
+    <caption>
+      <para>SDDM login screen</para>
+    </caption>
+  </mediaobject>
+  <para>Finally, you will come to the desktop login screen.</para>
+  <para>Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find
+yourself with a loaded KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop, depending on which live
+medium you used. You can now start using and enjoying your Mageia
+installation.</para>
+  <para>You can find further documentation in <link
+xmlns:ns0="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" ns0:href="../../installer/">the
+Mageia wiki</link>.</para>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/media_selection.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/media_selection.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae22cd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/media_selection.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="media_selection"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Available Media</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11  - created -->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)-->
+<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -->
+<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)-->
+<!--2019.01.05 apb: Changed Ati to AMD in Nonfree para.-->
+<!--2019.01.16 apb: Changed title to Available Media.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are
+available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories
+selection determines which packages will be available for selection during
+the next steps.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains
+the base of the distribution.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are
+free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain
+closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this
+repository includes nVidia and AMD graphics card proprietary drivers,
+firmware for various WiFi cards, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under
+a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is
+that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries,
+e.g. multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages
+needed to play commercial video DVD's, etc.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/minimal-install.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/minimal-install.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56ae0f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/minimal-install.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="minimal-install" xreflabel="Minimal Install" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to
+ start a new page-->
+<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ -->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Moved 'Minimal Instalation ...' para to top and rework the following paras.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Added xreflabel to this section.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimal Install</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <para>Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for
+Mageia, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use
+this option combined with the <emphasis>Individual package
+selection</emphasis> option to fine-tune your installation. See <xref
+linkend="choosePackagesTree"/>.</para>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can choose a <emphasis>Minimal Installation</emphasis> by de-selecting
+everything in the <emphasis>Package Group Selection</emphasis> screen, see
+<xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"/>.</para>
+
+      <para>If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis>Individual package
+selection</emphasis> option in the same screen.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen (see
+screenshot below) will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as
+documentation and <quote>X</quote>.</para>
+
+      <para>If the <emphasis>With X</emphasis> option is selected, then IceWM (a
+lightweight desktop environment) will also be included.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <para>The basic documentation is provided in the form of <quote>man</quote> and
+<quote>info</quote> pages. It contains the man pages from the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html">Linux Documentation
+Project</link> and the <link
+xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/">GNU
+coreutils</link> info pages.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png" revision="1"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/misc-params.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/misc-params.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24febe44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/misc-params.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="misc-params">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Configuration Summary</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/09 apb: Changed title to Configuration Summary (as agreed). Also, text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles.-->
+<!--2018/02/23 apb: Updated dx2-summaryBottom.png-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Centre-align dx2-summaryTop.png-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summaryTop.png" align="center"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para xml:id="misc-params-pa1" revision="1">DrakX presents a proposal for the configuration of your system depending on
+the choices you made and on the hardware detected. You can check the
+settings here and change them if you want by pressing
+<emphasis>Configure</emphasis>.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>As a general rule, it is recommended that you accept the default settings
+unless:<itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>there are known issues with a default setting</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>the default setting has already been tried and it fails</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>some other factor mentioned in the detailed sections below is an issue</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist></para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-system">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">System parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Timezone</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selects a timezone for you, depending on your preferred language. You
+can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3"><emphasis role="bold">Country / Region</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a" revision="1">If the selected country is wrong, it is very important that you correct the
+setting.  See <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4"><emphasis role="bold">Bootloader</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a" revision="2">DrakX proposal for the bootloader setting</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b" revision="2">Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2. For more
+information, see <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para>
+
+        
+      <!-- revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c"-->
+</listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">User management</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a" revision="2">You can add extra users here. They will each be allocated their own
+<filename>/home</filename> directories.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Services</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">System services refer to those small programs which run in the background
+(daemons).  This tool allows you to enable or disable certain processes.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may
+prevent your computer from operating correctly. For more information, see
+<xref linkend="configureServices"/></para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Hardware parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Keyboard</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Configure your keyboard layout according to your location, language and type
+of keyboard.</para>
+
+        <note>
+          <para>If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind
+that your passwords are going to change too.</para>
+        </note>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Mouse</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a" revision="1">Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs
+etc.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Sound card</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a" revision="1">The installer will use the default driver if one is available.</para>
+
+        <para>If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other
+possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case,
+but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you
+can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Graphical interface</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a" revision="1">This section allows you to configure your graphics card(s) and displays. For
+more information, see <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/></para>
+
+        
+      <!--revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b"-->
+</listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-network">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Network and Internet parameters</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Network</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free
+drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the Mageia Control
+Center, if you have not yet enabled the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> media
+repositories.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to monitor
+that interface as well.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Proxies</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider
+Internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a
+proxy service.</para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b" revision="1">You may need to consult your systems administrator to obtain the parameters
+you need to enter here.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+
+  <section xml:id="misc-params-security">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Seguranza</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1"><emphasis role="bold">Security Level</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a" revision="1">The Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting
+(Standard)  is adequate for general use. Select the option which best suits
+your usage.</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><emphasis role="bold">Firewall</emphasis></para>
+
+        <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b" revision="1">The firewall allows you to manage which network connections are allowed on
+your computer. The safe and secure default is to allow ZERO inbound
+connections. This does not stop you connecting outbound and using your
+computer normally.</para>
+
+        <para revision="1">Please be aware that the Internet is a high risk network where there are
+continuous attempts to probe and attack systems. Even seemingly
+<quote>safe</quote> connections such as ICMP (for ping) have been used as
+covert data channels for exfiltrating data by malicious persons.</para>
+
+        <para revision="1">For more information, see <xref linkend="firewall"/>.</para>
+
+        <warning>
+          <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c" revision="1">Bear in mind that allowing <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (no firewall) may
+be very risky.</para>
+        </warning>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/reboot.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/reboot.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2ed272e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/reboot.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="reboot">
+  <!--Lebarhon 20170210 updated for Mageia6-->
+<!--2018/03/03 apb: Slight text adjustment and update PNG's to Mga6.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="reboot-ti1">Reboot</title>
+  </info>
+  
+  
+  <para>Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your
+computer, remove the live DVD/USB stick and restart the computer.</para>
+  <important>
+    <simpara>Ensure that you follow these shut-down and restart instruction steps in the
+<emphasis role="bold">same</emphasis> order.</simpara>
+  </important>
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-reboot2.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+  <simpara>When you are ready, press <emphasis>Finish</emphasis>.</simpara>
+  <simpara>When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These
+indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see
+<emphasis>Software Management</emphasis>).</simpara>
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="reboot-im1"
+fileref="live-reboot.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/resizeFATChoose.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..007c7bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/resizeFATChoose.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+ xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+  version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="resizeFATChoose">
+   
+  
+
+    
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en
+  in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2-->
+<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>
+partition</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">You have more than one
+<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.
+Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing
+<application>Mageia</application>.</para>
+
+  
+   
+<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2">
+.......</para>
+
+ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>-->
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/securityLevel.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/securityLevel.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9282f57f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/securityLevel.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="securityLevel"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Security Level</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Minor wording.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Please choose the desired security level</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1"><emphasis>Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended setting for
+the average user.</para>
+
+  <para revision="1"><emphasis>Secure</emphasis> will create a highly protected system - for
+instance if the system is to be used as a public server.</para>
+
+  <para><emphasis role="bold">Security Administrator</emphasis></para>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">This item allows you to configure an email address to which the system will
+send <emphasis>security alert messages</emphasis> when it detects situations
+which require notification to a system administrator.</para>
+
+  <para>A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter &lt;user&gt;@localhost -
+where &lt;user&gt; is the login name of the user to receive these messages.</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>The system sends such messages as <emphasis role="bold">Unix Mailspool
+messages</emphasis>, not as "ordinary" SMTP mail: this user must therefore
+be configured for receiving such mail!</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">It will always be possible to adjust your security settings post-install in
+the <emphasis>Security</emphasis> section of the Mageia Control Center.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectCountry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectCountry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9302e7a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectCountry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://docbook.org/ns/transclusion" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectCountry" xreflabel="Select Country" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Select your Country / Region</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6-->
+<!--2018/02/13 apb: Minor wording + typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel to this section. b) make some text bulleted.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"
+align="center" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings,
+like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country
+can lead to being unable to use a Wireless network.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">If your country isn't in the list, click the <emphasis>Other
+Countries</emphasis> option and choose your country / region there.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <note>
+    <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">If your country is only in the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> list,
+after clicking <emphasis>OK</emphasis> it may seem that a country from the
+main list was chosen. Despite this, DrakX will actually apply your choice.</para>
+  </note>
+
+  <section xml:id="inputMethod">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Input method</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa4" revision="1">In the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> screen you can also select an
+input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input
+multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the
+default input method, so users should not need to configure it
+manually. Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar
+functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package
+selection.</para>
+
+    <note>
+      <para xml:id="selectCountry-pa5" revision="1">If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it
+post-install via <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configure your Computer</guimenu>
+<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or by running
+<command>localedrake</command> as <emphasis>root</emphasis>.</para>
+    </note>
+  </section>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectInstallClass.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20f1704e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectInstallClass.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="selectInstallClass"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 -->
+<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR -->
+<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to
+      "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409-->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed  -->
+<!--2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/20 apb: a) Changed list style - was bulleted. b) Removed warning about aborting the installation, as this is now at the intro of section 2 (DrakX, the Mageia Installer).-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: a) Changed list style.-->
+<!--2019/01/03 apb: a) Install: reword text about retaining an existing /home partition.-->
+<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Install or Upgrade</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist spacing="compact">
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Use this option to perform a fresh installation of Mageia. This will format
+the <literal>root</literal> partition (<filename>/</filename>), but can
+preserve a pre-existing <filename>/home</filename> partition (a dedicated
+/home partition, rather than being incorporated within the root (/)
+partition itself).</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para><emphasis role="bold">Upgrade</emphasis></para>
+
+      <para>Use this option to upgrade an existing installation of Mageia.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <important>
+    <para>Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still
+supported</emphasis> when this Installer's version was released, has been
+thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that has reached
+its <quote>End Of Life</quote> then it is better to do a
+<quote>clean</quote> install instead, while preserving your
+<filename>/home</filename> partition.</para>
+  </important>
+
+  <tip>
+    <para>If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you
+can return from the <emphasis>Install or Upgrade</emphasis> screen to the
+language choice screen by pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Home</keycap> </keycombo>. Do<emphasis
+role="bold"> NOT</emphasis> do this later in the install.</para>
+  </tip>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboard.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..223735a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboard.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="selectKeyboard"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Updated dx2-selectKeyboard.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2019/01/03 apb: Minor edit to Note (insert colon).-->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Tecláu</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable
+keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard
+layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the
+specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There
+may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also
+look here: <link
+xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <emphasis>More</emphasis>
+to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there.</para>
+
+      <para revision="1"><note>
+          <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">After choosing a keyboard from the <emphasis>More</emphasis> dialogue,
+you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialogue and it will seem as
+though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this
+and continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will
+be applied.</para>
+        </note></para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an
+extra dialogue screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the
+Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboardLive.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboardLive.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..426a7be0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectKeyboardLive.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2018/03/01 apb: Slight adjustment to text-->
+<!--2018/03/20 apb: Adjustment to text-->
+<title xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-ti1">Select Keyboard</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-selectKeyboard.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboardLive-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>Here you can set the keyboard layout you wish to use with Mageia​​.</para>
+
+  <para>A suggested keyboard layout (highlighted), has been chosen for you based
+upon your previously selected language and timezone choices.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectLanguage.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b817052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectLanguage.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="selectLanguage"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look -->
+<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong
+       code in figure, marja, 20120409 -->
+<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean
+       up mess made of this header by xxe -->
+<!--2018/09/02 apb: Text and typography. Classical/Live Conditions not respected in HTML or PDF output.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Changed 'preferred language' Warning tag to Important-->
+<!--2018/02/19 apb: Updated dx2-selectLanguage.png to Mga6.-->
+<!--2018/02/20 apb: Slight reword of 'Choosing more than one language'-->
+<!--2018/02/27 apb: Changed first 3 paras to Itemizedlist-->
+<!--2018/03/11 apb: Test to see if placing condition within listitem - rather than within para - will fix seeing both conditions together in output.-->
+<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Please choose a language to use</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your
+continent. Mageia will use this selection during the installation and for
+your installed system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem condition="live">
+      <para>Select your preferred language. Mageia will use this selection during the
+installation and for your installed system.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If it is likely that you (or others) will require several languages to be
+installed on your system, then you should use the <emphasis>Multiple
+languages</emphasis> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add
+extra language support after installation.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center" fileref="live-language.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <important condition="classical">
+    <para>Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one as your
+preferred language from the main list of languages. It will also be marked
+as chosen in the <emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen.</para>
+  </important>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem condition="classical">
+      <para>If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then
+it is advisable to install the required language for your keyboard as well</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the
+<emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen if you know that it is
+inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed
+languages.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para>You can change the language for your system post-installation in the
+<menuchoice> <guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu>
+<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>localization for your
+system</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectMouse.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectMouse.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54877413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/selectMouse.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="selectMouse"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Select mouse</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place-->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png"
+format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a
+different one here.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Usually, <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Any PS/2 and
+USB mice</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is a good choice.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Force
+evdev</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to configure the buttons that do not work
+on a mouse with six or more buttons.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloader.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7307e843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloader.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="Bootloader" xml:id="setupBootloader"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6.  20170209 updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/06 apb: Modified the layout for a (hopefully) easier flow. Also commented-out setupBootloaderAddEntry (was section 24) and incorporated it here, at the end of this file.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles.-->
+<!--2018/02/22 apb: Changed 'Advanced' list style.-->
+<!--2018/02/24 apb: Changed main list style.-->
+<!--2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: Typo.-->
+<!--2019/01/06 apb: Use 'xi:include' for setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml, as that is how it is called by the inline-help drakx/perl routine.-->
+<!--2019/07/18 apb: Rewrite 1.1, to accomodate inclusion of rEFInd option, and modify 1.2.1, 1.2.2 accordingly.-->
+<!--2019/08/01 apb: 1.1.1 reworded to: GRUB2-efi or rEFInd may be used as the bootloader for a UEFI system. Added warning text for 1.2.2 Do not Touch MBR/ESP part.-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Bootloader</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Available Bootloaders</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Grub2</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Grub2 on Legacy MBR/GPT systems</emphasis></para>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) will be used exclusively as the
+bootloader for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>By default, a new bootloader will be written into either the MBR (Master
+Boot Record) of your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">Grub2-efi on UEFI systems</emphasis></para>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>GRUB2-efi or rEFInd may be used as the bootloader for a UEFI system.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>By default, a new bootloader (Grub2-efi) will be written into the ESP (EFI
+System Partition).</para>
+
+          <para>If there are already UEFI-based operating systems installed on your computer
+(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer will detect the existing ESP
+created by Windows and add grub2-efi to it.  If no ESP exists, then one will
+be created. Although it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is
+required, whatever the number of operating systems you have.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>rEFInd</title>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <para><emphasis role="bold">rEFInd on UEFI systems</emphasis></para>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>rEFInd has a nice graphical set of options, and can auto-detect installed
+EFI bootloaders. See: http://www.rodsbooks.com/refind/</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>Please note that in order to be able to use the <literal>rEFInd</literal>
+option, an installed EFI System Partition must match your system
+architecture: if you have a 32bit EFI System Partition installed on a 64bit
+machine for instance, then the rEFInd option will not be displayed/available
+to you.</para>
+      </note>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti2">Bootloader Setup</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bootloader main options</title>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata fileref="live-setupBootloader.png"
+xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Bootloader to use</emphasis></para>
+
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <para><guimenuitem>GRUB2</guimenuitem> (with either a graphical or a text menu),
+can be chosen for both <literal>Legacy MBR/BIOS</literal> systems and
+<literal>UEFI</literal> systems.</para>
+            </listitem>
+
+            <listitem>
+              <para><guimenuitem>rEFInd</guimenuitem> (with a graphical menu)  is an alternative
+option solely for use with <literal>UEFI</literal> systems.</para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Boot device</emphasis></para>
+
+          <warning>
+            <para>Don't change this unless you really know what you are doing.</para>
+          </warning>
+
+          <note>
+            <para>There is no option to write GRUB to the boot sector of a partition (e.g:
+<filename>sda1</filename>), as this method is considered unreliable.</para>
+          </note>
+
+          <para>When using UEFI mode, then the <guilabel>Boot device</guilabel> will be
+listed as <guimenuitem>EFI System Partition</guimenuitem>.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Delay before booting the default image</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This text box lets you set a delay, in seconds, before the default operating
+system is started up.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This allows you to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username
+and password will be required when booting in order to select a booting
+entry or change settings. This is optional, and most people are not likely
+to have a need for it. The username is <literal>root</literal> and the
+password is the one chosen hereafter.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Choose a password for the bootloader (optional)</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Password (again)</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Retype the password and DrakX will check that it matches with the one set
+above</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Enable ACPI</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for power
+management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices. Deselecting it
+could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if
+you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance
+random reboots or system lockups).</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Enable SMP</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This option enables/disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi-core
+processors</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Enable APIC</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Enabling this gives the operating system access to the Advanced Programmable
+Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and
+Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request)  management.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Enable Local APIC</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Here you can set Local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a
+specific processor in an SMP system</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Bootloader Configuration</title>
+
+      <para>If, in the previous section you selected <literal>rEFInd</literal> as the
+bootloader to use, you would then be presented with the options shown in the
+screenshot directly below. Otherwise, please instead move on to the
+subsequent screenshot for your options.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="rEFIndLoaderConfig.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-rEFIndLoaderConfig.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <para>Your rEFInd configuration options:</para>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guimenuitem>Install or update rEFInd in the EFI system
+partition.</guimenuitem></para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><guimenuitem>Install in EFI/Boot partition (workaround for some
+BIOS's).</guimenuitem></para>
+
+          <para>With some BIOS's, the newly written bootloader for Mageia at end of the
+installation will not be recognized. In that case, you can use this option
+as a workaround for the issue.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If you did not select rEFInd as the bootloader to use in the previous
+section, then your bootloader configurations are shown below:</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader3.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Default</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>The operating system to be started up by default.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Append</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This option lets you pass information to the kernel or tell the kernel to
+give you more information as it boots.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis role="bold">Probe foreign OS</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to
+add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour,
+then untick the <guimenuitem>Probe Foreign OS</guimenuitem> option.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para><emphasis>Advanced</emphasis></para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-setupBootloader4.png"/> </imageobject> <imageobject
+condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader4.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Video mode</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>This sets the screen size and colour depth to be used by the boot menu. If
+you click the down-triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth
+options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para><emphasis>Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis></para>
+
+          <para>Select this option if you don't want a bootable Mageia, but would rather
+chain-load it from another OS. You will get a warning that the bootloader is
+missing. Click <guimenuitem>Ok </guimenuitem>only if you are sure you
+understand the implications, and wish to proceed.</para>
+
+          <warning>
+            <para>Chain-loading via legacy bootloaders (GRUB Legacy and LiLo)  is no longer
+supported by Mageia as it is likely to fail when attempting to boot this
+resulting installation of Mageia. If you use anything other than GRUB2 or
+rEFInd for this purpose, then you do so at your own risk!</para>
+          </warning>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-setupBootloader5.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Other Options</title>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Using an existing bootloader</title>
+
+      <para>The exact procedure for adding Mageia to an existing bootloader is beyond
+the scope of this documentation. However in most cases it will involve
+running the relevant bootloader installation program, which should detect
+Mageia and automatically add an entry for it in the bootloader menu. See the
+documentation for the relevant operating system.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Installing Without a Bootloader</title>
+
+      <para>While you can opt to install Mageia without a bootloader (see section 2.1
+Advanced), this is not recommended unless you absolutely know what you are
+doing, as without some form of bootloader your operating system will be
+unable to start.</para>
+    </section>
+
+    <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd9150c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--Lebarhon 2015 07 04 Project for Mageia 5. The UEFI and BIOS systems are so different I think it is better to split the page
+
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 Updated for Mageia 6-->
+<title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <para>To do this you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the
+software <emphasis role="bold">grub-customizer</emphasis> tool instead
+(available in the Mageia repositories).</para>
+
+  <note>
+    <para>For more information, see: <link
+ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link></para>
+  </note>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupSCSI.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3b6c19b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/setupSCSI.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="setupSCSI"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Setup SCSI</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -->
+<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -->
+<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -->
+<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -->
+<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -->
+<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+       Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/0217 apb: Merge 2nd/3rd paras and reword.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX will normally detect hard disks correctly. However, with some older
+SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use
+and subsequently fail to recognise the drive.</para>
+
+  <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">If your device is not recognised, you will need to manually tell DrakX which
+SCSI drive(s) you have. DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s)
+correctly.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/software.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/software.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b39da584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/software.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:m="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="software" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xreflabel="Software">
+  
+
+  <!--2018/02/27 apb: Created this XML to gather together the XML's which can make up a Software group.-->
+<title>Software</title>
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Media Selection</title>
+
+    <xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/>
+
+    <xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/>
+  </section>
+
+  <xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"/>
+
+  <xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"/>
+</section>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/soundConfig.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/soundConfig.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f75056e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/soundConfig.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="soundConfig"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Sound Configuration</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC-->
+<!--2018/02/13 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<!--2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align PNG-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png"
+format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="soundConfig-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>This screen shows the details of the sound card driver chosen for you by the
+installer, and this driver should work without problems.</para>
+
+  <para>However, if you encounter any issues post-install, then run
+<command>draksound</command> or start this tool via <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hardware</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Sound Configuration</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Then, in the
+<literal>draksound</literal> or <emphasis>Sound Configuration</emphasis>
+screen, click on <emphasis>Troubleshooting</emphasis> to find useful advice
+about how to solve the problem.</para>
+
+  <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Advanced</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other
+possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case,
+but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you
+can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver.</para>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df540a9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/takeOverHdConfirm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Confirm hard disk to be formatted</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -->
+<!-- test comment - johnr -->
+<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+    hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+    saw this help screen when I had only one HD -->
+<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography-->
+<!--2018/02/20 apb: Change the 2 paras to itemized listitems.-->
+<imageobject condition="classical"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject>
+<imageobject condition="live"> <imagedata align="center"
+fileref="live-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <itemizedlist>
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Click on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> if you are at all unsure about your
+choice.</para>
+    </listitem>
+
+    <listitem>
+      <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Click on <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to proceed if you are sure that it is OK
+to erase <emphasis role="bold">every</emphasis> partition, <emphasis
+role="bold">every</emphasis> operating system and <emphasis role="bold">all
+data</emphasis> that might be on that hard disk.</para>
+    </listitem>
+  </itemizedlist>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/testing.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/testing.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed36491a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/testing.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="testing" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  
+
+  <info>
+    <!--2019/01/06 apb: 1.1.1 Remove empty 'webcam:' description relating to MCC/Hardware (and it is not an item there anyway).-->
+<title xml:id="testing-ti1">Testing Mageia as Live system</title>
+  </info>
+
+  <section xml:id="testing-1">
+    <info>
+      <title xml:id="testing1-ti1">Live mode</title>
+    </info>
+
+    <para>This is the screen you will see if you selected the <emphasis
+role="bold">Boot Mageia </emphasis>option from the Live media menu.</para>
+
+    <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing2-ti1">Testing hardware</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>One of the aims of using the Live mode is to test that your hardware is
+correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in
+the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center:</para>
+
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>network interface: configure it with net_applet</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>graphics card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK.</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>sound: a jingle has already been played</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>printer: configure your printer/s and print a test page</para>
+        </listitem>
+
+        <listitem>
+          <para>scanner: scan a document from ...</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+
+      <para>If everything is satisfactory, you can proceed with the installation. If
+not, you can use the <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> button to exit.</para>
+
+      <note>
+        <para>The configuration settings you apply here are carried over if you decide to
+proceed with the installation.</para>
+      </note>
+    </section>
+
+    <section>
+      <info>
+        <title xml:id="testing3-ti1">Launch installation</title>
+      </info>
+
+      <para>To launch the installation of the Live DVD to a hard disk or SSD drive,
+simply click the <emphasis>Install on Hard Disk</emphasis> icon on the Live
+desktop. You will then see this screen, followed by the <link
+linkend="doPartitionDisks">Partitioning</link> step.</para>
+
+      <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="live-liveMode-install.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+    </section>
+  </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/uninstall-Mageia.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/uninstall-Mageia.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ec6161b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/uninstall-Mageia.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<section version="5.0" xml:lang="ast" xml:id="uninstall-Mageia"
+         xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+         xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
+         xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+         xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+         xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+         xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook">
+  <!--Lebarhon 2015-07-06 Not true with UEFI 
+Lebarhon 2016 12 16 this page should be deleted or rewritten.-->
+<!--2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.-->
+<info>
+    <title xml:id="uninstall-Mageia-ti1">Uninstalling Mageia</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  
+
+  <para>If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly - in short
+you want get rid of it - that is your right and Mageia also gives you the
+possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system.</para>
+
+  <para>After backing up your data, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select
+<emphasis>Rescue system</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Restore Windows boot
+loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only have Windows, with no
+option to choose your Mageia operating system.</para>
+
+  <para>In Windows, to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on
+<menuchoice> <guimenu>Start</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Control
+Panel</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Administrative Tools</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Computer Management</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Storage</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Disk
+Management</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You will recognise a Mageia
+partition because they are labeled <literal>Unknown</literal>, and also by
+their size and place on the disk. Right-click on each of these partitions
+and select <emphasis>Delete</emphasis> to free up the space.</para>
+
+  <para>If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it
+(FAT32 or NTFS). It will then get a partition letter.</para>
+
+  <para>If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the
+existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other
+partitioning tools that can be used, such as <emphasis
+role="bold">gparted</emphasis>, available for both Windows and Linux. As
+always, when changing partitions, be very careful to back up anything
+important to you.</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/unused.xml b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/unused.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4802228c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/ast/unused.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="unused" version="5.0" xml:lang="ast">
+  <info>
+    <title xml:id="unused-ti1">Keep or delete unused material</title>
+  </info>
+
+  
+
+  <mediaobject condition="live">
+<!--2018/03/03 apb: Adjusted text and updated SC's to Mga6.-->
+<imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="unused-im1"
+fileref="live-unused.png" align="center" revision="1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused
+hardware packages and you are then given an opportunity to delete them.</para>
+
+  <para>If you do not foresee a case where your installation may need to run on
+different hardware, or that you might need additional localization files
+then you might wish to accept this proposal.</para>
+
+  <para>Clicking <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> will list the unused hardware and
+localization files that will be removed if you proceed.</para>
+
+  <mediaobject>
+<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png"/>
+</imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+  <para>The next step is the copying of files to hard disk. This process should just
+take a little while to complete. When it is finishing you will briefly get a
+blank screen - this is normal.</para>
+</section>